Exterior Lighting System: Section

DRIVER CONTROLS
SECTION
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
EXL B
E
CONTENTS
LED HEADLAMP DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System F
Description ...............................................................22
PRECAUTION ............................................... 8 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe....23
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 8 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO)
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System ....23
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
SIONER" ................................................................... 8 TO) : System Description ........................................23 H
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 8 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AU-
TO) : Fail-safe ..........................................................24
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 10 I
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................10 SYSTEM .....................................................................25
Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifica- TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP
tions ......................................................................... 10 SYSTEM : System Description ................................25 J
Component Parts Location ...................................... 12
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ................................. 14 SYSTEM .....................................................................26
K
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp.... 14 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp SYSTEM : System Description ................................26
Control Module ........................................................ 15 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aim- SYSTEM : Fail-safe .................................................28 EXL
ing Motor ................................................................. 15
Height Sensor ......................................................... 15 STOP LAMP SYSTEM ...............................................28
Light & Rain Sensor ................................................ 16 STOP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description ..........28 M
Hazard Switch ......................................................... 16 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM ...................................29
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................... 16 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Descrip-
SYSTEM .............................................................17 tion ...........................................................................29 N
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe ................30
HEADLAMP SYSTEM ............................................... 17
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM ......................................30
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description ........... 17 O
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Description....30
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe ............................ 18
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM .......30
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ............................................. 19
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : P
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description ......... 19
System Description ..................................................31
HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM ................................. 20
HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM : System Descrip- DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ........................... 32
tion .......................................................................... 21 COMMON ITEM .........................................................32
HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM : Fail-safe .............. 22 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM ...................... 22 COMMON ITEM) .....................................................32
EXL-1
HEADLAMP .............................................................. 33 B1256 FRONT FOG LAMP RH POWER SUP-
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD PLY CIRCUIT ..................................................... 79
LAMP) (LED Headlamp) ......................................... 33 DTC Description ...................................................... 79
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79
FLASHER .................................................................. 35
Component Inspection ............................................ 80
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASH-
ER) (LED Headlamp) .............................................. 35 B1C00 HEIGHT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
INT LAMP .................................................................. 35 CIRCUIT ............................................................. 81
INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT DTC Description ...................................................... 81
LAMP) ..................................................................... 35 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81
DOOR LOCK ............................................................. 37 B1C02 REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL ....... 83

DOOR LOCK : Information ..................................... 37 DTC Description ...................................................... 83
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
DOOR LOCK) (Type 1) .......................................... 37
B1C07 AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL ......... 86
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM -
DTC Description ...................................................... 86
DOOR LOCK) (Type 2) .......................................... 38
DOOR LOCK) (Type 5) .......................................... 39 B1C12 REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL ....... 89
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DTC Description ...................................................... 89
DOOR LOCK) (Type 6) .......................................... 40 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) .................... 42 B20CB DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH POW-
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ............................ 42 ER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ....................................... 91
DTC Description ...................................................... 91
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 49
BCM, IPDM E/R, FRONT CAMERA UNIT ......... 49 Component Inspection ............................................ 92
List of ECU Reference ............................................ 49
B20CE HEADLAMP (HI) LH POWER SUP-
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 50 PLY CIRCUIT ..................................................... 93
DTC Description ...................................................... 93
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM ....................... 50 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 50 Component Inspection ............................................ 94
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 70 B20CF HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUP-

PLY CIRCUIT ..................................................... 95
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 70 DTC Description ...................................................... 95
Work Flow ............................................................... 70 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
LED HEADLAMP OPERATION INSPECTION... 73
Work Procedure ...................................................... 73 B20D0 HEADLAMP (LO) LH POWER SUP-
SENSOR INITIALIZE ......................................... 74 PLY CIRCUIT ..................................................... 97
DTC Description ...................................................... 97
Description .............................................................. 74
Work Procedure ...................................................... 74
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 75
B20D1 HEADLAMP (LO) RH POWER SUP-
B121A FRONT FOG LAMP LH POWER SUP- PLY CIRCUIT ..................................................... 99
PLY CIRCUIT ..................................................... 75 DTC Description ...................................................... 99
DTC Description ..................................................... 75 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 99
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 75 Component Inspection .......................................... 100
B20D2 PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY
B1231 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH POW- CIRCUIT ............................................................ 101
ER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ....................................... 77 DTC Description .................................................... 101
DTC Description ..................................................... 77 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77 Component Inspection .......................................... 102
B20D4 TAIL LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT .................................................................. 104
EXL-2
DTC Description .................................................... 104 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 132
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105 A
Component Inspection (Tail Lamp) ....................... 106 REAR FOG LAMP CIRCUIT ........................... 134
Component Inspection (License Plate Lamp) ....... 106 Component Function Check .................................. 134
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 134
B20D5 TAIL LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY B
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 108 TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT ..................... 136
DTC Description .................................................... 108 Component Function Check .................................. 136
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136 C
Component Inspection .......................................... 109 LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR ................................ 141
B20DB HEIGHT SENSOR INITIALIZE NOT Component Function Check .................................. 141
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 141 D
DONE ................................................................ 111
DTC Description .................................................... 111 HAZARD SWITCH .......................................... 143
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111 Component Function Check .................................. 143 E
B20E2 LED HEADLAMP RH ........................... 112 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143
Component Inspection ........................................... 144
DTC Description .................................................... 112
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 145 F
B20E3 LED HEADLAMP LH ............................ 114 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS. 145
DTC Description .................................................... 114
Symptom Table ..................................................... 145 G
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 148
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT ............................... 116 Description ............................................................. 148
Component Function Check .................................. 116 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT
TURNED ON ................................................... 149
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT .............................. 117
Description ............................................................. 149 I
Component Function Check .................................. 117
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT
LED HEADLAMP ............................................. 118 J
TURNED ON ................................................... 150
Description ............................................................. 150
HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT ................. 119 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150
Component Function Check .................................. 119 K
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL
LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON ..................... 151
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT ............................... 121 Description ............................................................. 151
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151 EXL
BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 123 TURNED ON ................................................... 152 M
Component Function Check .................................. 123 Description ............................................................. 152
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT ................... 125 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 153 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125 HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT ............. 153
O
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CIRCUIT ............. 126 LHD .......................................................................... 153
Component Function Check .................................. 126 LHD : Description .................................................. 153
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126 LHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure ..................... 154
P
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT ..................................... 128 RHD .......................................................................... 155
Component Function Check .................................. 128 RHD : Description .................................................. 155
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 128 RHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure .................... 156
Component Inspection .......................................... 131 FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT . 158
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT .......................... 132 Description ............................................................. 158
Component Function Check .................................. 132 Aiming Adjustment Procedure ............................... 158
EXL-3
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 160 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 182
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ....................... 160 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Exploded View .......................................................160 SIONER" ............................................................... 182
Removal and Installation .......................................161 Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ......... 182
Replacement .........................................................162
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................162 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 184
FRONT FOG LAMP ......................................... 164 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 184
Exploded View .......................................................164 Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifica-
Removal and Installation .......................................164 tions ...................................................................... 184
Replacement .........................................................164 Component Parts Location ................................... 186
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP ............................ 166 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ............................... 188
Exploded View .......................................................166 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aim-
Removal and Installation .......................................166 ing Motor ............................................................... 188
Replacement .........................................................166 Light & Rain Sensor .............................................. 188
Headlamp Aiming Switch ...................................... 189
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ............ 167 Hazard Switch ....................................................... 189
Removal and Installation .......................................167 Stop Lamp Switch ................................................. 189
HAZARD SWITCH ........................................... 168 SYSTEM ........................................................... 190
Exploded View .......................................................168
Removal and Installation .......................................168 HEADLAMP SYSTEM ............................................. 190
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description ........ 190
HEIGHT SENSOR ............................................ 169 HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe .......................... 191
Exploded View .......................................................169
Removal and Installation .......................................170 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM ........................................... 191
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description ....... 192
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR ................................. 171
Exploded View .......................................................171 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM ................... 193
Removal and Installation .......................................171 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System
Description ............................................................ 193
REAR COMBINATION LAMP ......................... 172 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe. 193
Exploded View .......................................................172
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL) ......... 194
Removal and Installation .......................................174
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL) :
Replacement .........................................................175
System Description ............................................... 194
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ....................... 177
Exploded View .......................................................177
SYSTEM .................................................................. 194
Replacement .........................................................177
SYSTEM : System Description ............................. 194
LICENSE PLATE LAMP .................................. 178 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
Exploded View .......................................................178
SYSTEM .................................................................. 195
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
Replacement .........................................................178
SYSTEM : System Description ............................. 195
REAR REFLEX REFLECTOR ......................... 180 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP
Exploded View .......................................................180 SYSTEM : Fail-safe .............................................. 197
Removal and Installation .......................................180 STOP LAMP SYSTEM ............................................ 197
STOP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description ........ 198
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 181 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM ................................. 198
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Descrip-
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS tion ........................................................................ 198
(SDS) ................................................................ 181 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe ............. 199
Bulb Specifications ................................................181
HALOGEN HEADLAMP REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM ................................... 199
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Description. 200
PRECAUTION ............................................ 182
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM .... 200
EXL-4
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : B1231 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH POW-
System Description ............................................... 200 ER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ..................................... 247 A
DTC Description .................................................... 247
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) .......................... 202 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 247
COMMON ITEM ....................................................... 202 Component Inspection ........................................... 248 B
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
B1256 FRONT FOG LAMP RH POWER SUP-
COMMON ITEM) ................................................... 202
PLY CIRCUIT .................................................. 249
HEADLAMP ............................................................. 203 DTC Description .................................................... 249 C
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 249
LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp) ................................. 203 Component Inspection ........................................... 250
D
FLASHER ................................................................ 205 B20CB DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH POW-
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASH- ER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ..................................... 251
ER) (Halogen Headlamp) ...................................... 205 DTC Description .................................................... 251
E
INT LAMP ................................................................ 205
INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT
LAMP) ................................................................... 205 B20CE HEADLAMP (HI) LH POWER SUP- F
DOOR LOCK ........................................................... 207
PLY CIRCUIT .................................................. 253
DTC Description .................................................... 253
DOOR LOCK : Information .................................... 207
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253 G
DOOR LOCK) (Type 1) ......................................... 207
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - B20CF HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUP-
DOOR LOCK) (Type 2) ......................................... 208 PLY CIRCUIT .................................................. 256 H
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DTC Description .................................................... 256
DOOR LOCK) (Type 3) ......................................... 209
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - Component Inspection ........................................... 257 I
DOOR LOCK) (Type 4) ......................................... 210
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - B20D0 HEADLAMP (LO) LH POWER SUP-
DOOR LOCK) (Type 5) ......................................... 211 PLY CIRCUIT .................................................. 259
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - J
DTC Description .................................................... 259
DOOR LOCK) (Type 6) ......................................... 212 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ................... 214 K
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) ........................... 214 B20D1 HEADLAMP (LO) RH POWER SUP-
PLY CIRCUIT .................................................. 261
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 221
DTC Description .................................................... 261 EXL
BCM, IPDM E/R ................................................ 221 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 261
List of ECU Reference .......................................... 221 Component Inspection ........................................... 262
B20D2 PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY M

WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 222
CIRCUIT .......................................................... 263
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM ...................... 222 DTC Description .................................................... 263
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 222 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264 N
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 242
B20D4 TAIL LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIR-
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 242 CUIT ................................................................ 266 O
Work Flow ............................................................. 242 DTC Description .................................................... 266
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 245 Component Inspection (Tail Lamp) ....................... 268 P
B121A FRONT FOG LAMP LH POWER SUP- Component Inspection (License Plate Lamp) ........ 268
PLY CIRCUIT ................................................... 245 B20D5 TAIL LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY
DTC Description .................................................... 245 CIRCUIT .......................................................... 270
DTC Description .................................................... 270
Component Inspection .......................................... 246
EXL-5
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT .............................. 273 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT
Component Function Check ..................................273 TURNED ON ..................................................... 306
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................273 Description ............................................................ 306
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT ............................. 275
Component Function Check ..................................275 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................275 TURNED ON ..................................................... 307
Description ............................................................ 307
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT .............................. 277 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 307
Component Function Check ..................................277
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................277 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL
LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON ...................... 308
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT ....................................... 279
Description ............................................................ 308
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................279
BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT .................. 281
TURNED ON ..................................................... 309
Description ............................................................ 309
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CIRCUIT ............ 282
Component Function Check ..................................282 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 310
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................282 HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT .............. 310
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT ..................................... 284 LHD .......................................................................... 310
Component Function Check ..................................284 LHD : Description .................................................. 310
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................284 LHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure .................... 311
Component Inspection ...........................................287
RHD ......................................................................... 312
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT ......................... 288 RHD : Description ................................................. 312
Component Function Check ..................................288 RHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure .................... 313
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT .. 315
REAR FOG LAMP CIRCUIT ............................ 290 Description ............................................................ 315
Component Function Check ..................................290 Aiming Adjustment Procedure .............................. 315
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 317
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT ...................... 292
Component Function Check ..................................292 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP ........................ 317
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................292 Exploded View ...................................................... 317
Removal and Installation ....................................... 318
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR ................................. 297 Replacement ......................................................... 319
Component Function Check ..................................297 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 320
FRONT FOG LAMP .......................................... 321
HAZARD SWITCH ........................................... 299 Exploded View ...................................................... 321
Component Function Check ..................................299 Removal and Installation ....................................... 321
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................299 Replacement ......................................................... 321
Component Inspection ...........................................300
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP ............................. 323
HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH ........................ 301 Exploded View ...................................................... 323
Component Inspection ...........................................301 Removal and Installation ....................................... 323
Replacement ......................................................... 323
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 302
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ............. 324
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS. 302
Symptom Table .....................................................302
HAZARD SWITCH ............................................ 325
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............. 305
Exploded View ...................................................... 325
Description .............................................................305
HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH ......................... 326
EXL-6
Exploded View ...................................................... 326 LICENSE PLATE LAMP ................................. 334
Removal and Installation ....................................... 326 Exploded View ....................................................... 334 A
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR .................................. 327 Replacement ......................................................... 334
Exploded View ...................................................... 327
B
Removal and Installation ....................................... 327 REAR REFLEX REFLECTOR ........................ 336
Exploded View ....................................................... 336
REAR COMBINATION LAMP .......................... 328 Removal and Installation ....................................... 336
Exploded View ...................................................... 328 C
Removal and Installation ....................................... 330 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Replacement ......................................................... 331 (SDS) .......................................................... 337
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ........................ 333 D
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Exploded View ...................................................... 333 (SDS) ............................................................... 337
Bulb Specifications ................................................ 337
Replacement ......................................................... 333 E
EXL
EXL-7
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [LED HEADLAMP]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010503406
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010503407
• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
EXL-8
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [LED HEADLAMP]
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door. A
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.
B
D4D engine : 20 minutes
HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes C
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes D
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function. E
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC. F
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE: G
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood. H
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION: I
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal. J
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
K
EXL
EXL-9
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [LED HEADLAMP]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications INFOID:0000000010338630
Exterior Lamp Appearance
JMLIA5116ZZ
Side turn signal lamp Headlamp (LO) Headlamp (HI)

Front turn signal lamp Parking lamp/daytime running light Front fog lamp
Tail lamp Rear turn signal lamp Stop lamp
Back-up lamp Rear fog lamp (driver side only) Rear reflex reflector
License plate lamp High-mounted stop lamp
Bulb Specifications
EXL-10
COMPONENT PARTS
Item Type Wattage (W) A

Headlamp (HI) LED —
Headlamp (LO) LED —
Front combination lamp Parking lamp/
B
LED —
daytime running light
Front turn signal lamp W21W 21
C
Front fog lamp H8 35
Side turn signal lamp (built in door mirror) LED —
Tail lamp LED — D
Rear combination lamp
Stop lamp LED —
(body side)
Rear turn signal lamp WY21W 21
E
Tail lamp LED —
Back-up lamp W16W 16
(trunk lid side)
Rear fog lamp (driver side only) W21W 21
F
License plate lamp W5W 5
High-mounted stop lamp LED —
G
EXL
EXL-11
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010338631
JMLIA5242ZZ
Front combination lamp (back) Brake pedal
No. Component Function

Light & rain sensor Refer to EXL-16, "Light & Rain Sensor".
• Judges the vehicle status from each signal in order to control the high beam as-
Front camera unit*1 sist control.
• Refer to DAS-13, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
• When the air bag operates, a request is transmitted to BCM (CAN communica-
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit tion) to blinks the hazard lamp.
• Refer to SRC-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Hazard switch Refer to EXL-16, "Hazard Switch".
EXL-12
COMPONENT PARTS
A
• When the Forward Emergency Braking operates, a request is transmitted to
BCM (CAN communication) to turn ON the stop lamp.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Refer to BRC-148, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion. B
• ECM transmits engine status signal and Stop/Start status signal (with Stop/Start
system) to BCM via CAN communication.
• Refer to ECH-12, "Component Parts Location" (HRA2DDT), ECM-14, "EN-
ECM
GINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (MR20DD), ECK-12,
C
"Component Parts Location" (K9K) or EC9-12, "Component Parts Location"
(R9M) for detailed installation location.
Parking lamp/Day- D
Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
time running light*2
Front turn signal
Front combination lamp E
lamp Headlamp (HI) Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications" and EXL-
(LED headlamp) 14, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp".
Headlamp (LO) Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications" and EXL- F
(LED headlamp) 14, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp".
Front fog lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
G
• Controls the integrated smart FET, and supplies voltage to the load according
to the request from BCM via CAN communication.
• The headlamp warning signal is input from the LED headlamp control module,
and the IPDM E/R requests the combination meter (CAN communication) to H
IPDM E/R
display the headlamp warning.
• Judges the vehicle status from each signal in order to control the headlamp
aiming control.
• Refer to PCS-5, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location. I
• Turns the indicator lamp and warning (information display/buzzer) ON/OFF ac-
cording to the request from BCM via CAN communication.
• Turns the headlamp warning ON according to the request from IPDM E/R via J
CAN communication.
Combination meter • Blinks the turn signal indicator lamp and outputs the turn signal operating sound
with integrated buzzer according to the request from BCM via CAN communi-
cation. K
• Combination meter transmits vehicle speed signal to BCM and IPDM E/R via
CAN communication.
Refer to BCS-13, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM : System De- EXL
Combination switch
scription".
• Detects each switch condition by the combination switch reading function.
• Exterior lamp ON/OFF is judged from each signal, and then a request is trans-
mitted to IPDM E/R (CAN communication) to turn each smart FET ON/OFF. M
• It also transmits a request to the combination meter (CAN communication) to
turn indicator lamp and warning (information display/buzzer) ON/OFF.
• Blinks the turn signal lamp and hazard warning lamp according to the each
N
switch condition.
BCM • Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the combination meter via CAN
communication.
• Requests the turn signal operating sound ON to the combination meter via CAN O
communication.
• Judges the vehicle status from each signal, and illuminates the stop lamp and
high-mounted stop lamp.
• Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for P
detailed installation location.
Side turn signal lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Refer to DLK-30, "Component Description" (TYPE 1), DLK-204,
"Component Description" (TYPE 2), DLK-653, "Component Description" (TYPE
Door switch 5) or DLK-835, "Component Description" (TYPE 6).
NOTE:
Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to DLK-24, "Information".
EXL-13
COMPONENT PARTS
"Component Description" (TYPE 2) or DLK-653, "Component Description"
Door request switch*3 (TYPE 5).
NOTE:
Height sensor*4 Refer to EXL-15, "Height Sensor".
High-mounted stop lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Rear combination
lamp (back door Rear fog lamp*5 Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
side) (Driver side only)
License plate lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Back door opener switch 5) or DLK-835, "Component Description" (TYPE 6).
NOTE:
Rear combination Tail lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
lamp (back door
side) Back-up lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Rear turn signal

lamp
Rear combination
lamp (body side) Stop lamp/Tail lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Tail lamp Refer to EXL-10, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Height sensor*6 Refer to EXL-15, "Height Sensor".

Headlamp aiming
Refer to EXL-15, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor".
Front combination motor
lamp LED headlamp con- Refer to EXL-15, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp Control Mod-
trol module ule".
Stop lamp switch Refer to EXL-16, "Stop Lamp Switch".
*1: With high beam assist system

*2: With daytime running light system
*3: With Intelligent Key system
*4: Torsion beam rear suspension models
*5: With rear fog lamp
*6: Multi-link rear suspension models
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp INFOID:0000000010338632
OUTLINE
• Semiconductor device (Light emitting diode: LED), which is illuminated when forward bias electric voltage is
applied, is adopted as the source of light instead of halogen bulb or xenon bulb.
• Comparing to halogen headlamp or xenon headlamp, LED headlamp is electrically power saving, durable,
and is illuminated in the similar color to the sunlight. Bright, natural, and eye-friendly visibility can be
obtained.
PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Representative malfunction examples are; “Light does not turn ON”, “Light blinks”, and “Brightness is inade-
quate.” Such malfunctions, however, occasionally by occur LED control module malfunction or lamp case mal-
function. Specify the malfunctioning part with diagnosis procedure.
CAUTION:
• Never touch the harness, LED headlamp control module, the inside and metal part of lamp when
turning the headlamp ON or operating the lighting switch, for preventing electrical shock.
EXL-14
COMPONENT PARTS
• Never work with wet hands, for preventing electrical shock.
• Never perform LED headlamp control module circuit diagnosis with a circuit tester or an equivalent. A
• Temporarily install the headlamps on the vehicle. Always connect power supply to the connector
(vehicle side) when checking ON/OFF status.
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal before disconnecting the lamp socket connector or the har-
B
ness connector.
• Check for fusing of the fusible link(s), open around connector, short, disconnection if the symptom
is caused by electric error.
• Always check for deformation or hole of headlamp housing and engagement of bulb cover. Other- C
wise, water may enter into headlamp because of damage of headlamp housing and contact to LED
headlamp control module connector. The normal operation may be inhibited when short circuit to
power supply is detected. D
NOTE:
Turn the switch OFF once before turning ON, if the ON/OFF is inoperative.
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : LED Headlamp Control Module INFOID:0000000010338633 E
• LED headlamp control module is integrated in the front combina-

tion lamp and turns the LED headlamp ON according to the
request from IPDM E/R. F
• Outputs the headlamp warning signal to the IPDM E/R.
JMLIA4307ZZ
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor INFOID:0000000010338635 I
• Headlamp aiming motor is integrated in the front combination

lamp. J
• Headlamp aiming motor adjusts the headlamp light axis upward
and downward according to input drive signal from IPDM E/R.
EXL
JMLIA3311ZZ
Height Sensor INFOID:0000000010338639

M
MULTI-LINK REAR SUSPENSION MODELS

• Height sensor is installed in lower link. N
• Height sensor detects the vehicle height deviation with sensor
lever, and transmits the detected value as a height sensor signal to
IPDM E/R. O
JMLIA5244ZZ
TORSION BEAM REAR SUSPENSION MODELS
EXL-15
COMPONENT PARTS
• Height sensor is installed in rear suspension beam.
• Height sensor detects the vehicle height deviation with sensor
lever, and transmits the detected value as a height sensor signal to
IPDM E/R.
JMLIA5245ZZ
Light & Rain Sensor INFOID:0000000010452405
• The light & rain sensor detects the outside ambient light level, for-
ward light level and sensor conditions.
• Based on ambient light level (day/night detection), forward light
level (tunnel detection) and sensor conditions it judges ON/OFF
condition for exterior lamps.
• And it transmits exterior lamp ON/OFF request to the BCM by the
light & rain sensor serial link.
• BCM controls each function depending on the signals. And it
detects the light & rain sensor serial link error and the light & rain
sensor malfunction.
JSLIA0093ZZ
Hazard Switch INFOID:0000000010338641
Inputs the hazard switch ON/OFF signal to BCM.
JMLIA5226GB
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010452406
• Stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket.

• BCM detects the brake pedal status from the ON/OFF signal that is
input from the switch.
Brake pedal Stop lamp switch

Released OFF
Depressed ON
JSBIA0308ZZ
EXL-16
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
HEADLAMP SYSTEM
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338642
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JMLIA5227GB
J
OUTLINE
Headlamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and headlamp control function of BCM, and
smart FET control function of IPDM E/R. K
HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION
• BCM detects the combination switch condition with the combination switch reading function.
• BCM transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter with CAN communica- EXL
tion according to the headlamp (LO) ON condition.
Headlamp (LO) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch 2ND M
- Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to
EXL-19, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)
- Lighting switch PASS N
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated smart FET ON according to low beam request signal and supplies power sup-
ply to LED headlamp control module.
• LED headlamp control module turns the headlamp (LO) ON according to the power supply from IPDM E/R.
O
• Combination meter turns the dipped beam indicator lamp ON according to the low beam request signal.
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION
• BCM transmits the high beam request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter with CAN communica- P
tion according to the headlamp (HI) ON condition.
Headlamp (HI) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch HI with the lighting switch 2ND
- Lighting switch HI with the lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is
ON and the illumination judgment by high beam assist system is ON. For details, refer to EXL-19, "AUTO
LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)
- Lighting switch PASS
EXL-17
SYSTEM
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp high smart FET ON according to high beam request signal and
supplies power supply to LED headlamp control module.
• LED headlamp control module turns the headlamp (HI) ON according to the power supply from IPDM E/R.
• Combination meter turns the high beam indicator lamp ON according to the high beam request signal.
HEADLAMP WARNING OPERATION
• BCM transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R with CAN communication when headlamp (LO) ON
judgment.
• When LED headlamp control module detects a malfunction of headlamp (LO) circuit, headlamp warning sig-
nal is output to IPDM E/R.
• When the IPDM E/R receives the low beam request signal and the headlamp warning signal is input, it trans-
mits the headlamp warning signal (CAN communication) to the combination meter.
• When the ignition switch is ON and the combination meter receives the headlamp warning signal, the combi-
nation meter displays the headlamp warning on the vehicle information display.
NOTE:
When the headlamp warning signal is received, the most likely cause is a malfunction of the following.
• Headlamp (LO) power supply/ground circuit
• Headlamp warning signal circuit
• Front combination lamp internal circuit
- LED (Headlamp low)
- LED headlamp control module
- Harness
FOLLOW ME HOME FUNCTION
When the driver is moving to the house entrance from the own vehicle, headlamp is kept still ON by the follow
me home function of BCM.
• When BCM detects the input of lighting switch PASS while all of the following conditions are satisfied, it
transmits the low beam request signal for a period of time to IPDM E/R and the combination meter through
CAN communication.
Follow me home ON condition (When all of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Ignition switch OFF
- Lighting switch OFF or AUTO
ply to LED headlamp control module.
• LED headlamp control module turns the headlamp (LO) ON according to the power supply from IPDM E/R.
• When in any of following conditions, follow me home function can be cancelled while follow me home func-
tion is operating.
Follow me home OFF condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Ignition switch other than OFF
- Lighting switch other than OFF or AUTO
- Follow me home operating time is expired
NOTE:
• Flash-to-pass operation illumination time for 1 time can be extended to approximately 30 seconds during
operation of follow me home function.
• Flash-to-pass operation can be illuminated continuously for approximately 60 seconds (flash-to-pass opera-
tion, 2 times), approximately 90 seconds (flash-to-pass operation, 3 times), and a maximum of approxi-
mately 120 seconds (flash-to-pass operation, 4 times).
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010338644
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected.
EXL-18
SYSTEM
DTC CONSULT display description Fail-safe A

[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) LH power
B20CE HL (HI) LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions are
GRND] no longer satisfied.
B
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) RH pow-
B20CF HL (HI) RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO er supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions are
C
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) LH pow-
B20D0 HL (LO) LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO er supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON conditions
GRND] are no longer satisfied.
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) RH pow- D
B20D1 HL (LO) RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO er supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON conditions
Transmits the headlamp warning signal (CAN communi- E
[CMPNENT cation) to the combination meter when the headlamp (LO)
B20E2 LED HEADLAMP RH INTERNAL ON conditions are satisfied. (When the ignition switch
MLFNCTN] turns ON, the headlamp warning is displayed on the infor-
mation display of the combination meter.) F
Transmits the headlamp warning signal (CAN communi-
[CMPNENT cation) to the combination meter when the headlamp (LO)
B20E3 LED HEADLAMP LH INTERNAL ON conditions are satisfied. (When the ignition switch G
MLFNCTN] turns ON, the headlamp warning is displayed on the infor-
mation display of the combination meter.)
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL H

When CAN communication with BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communi-
cation recovers normally, it also returns to normal control.
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM I
Control part Fail-safe operation

J
• Turns ON the headlamp (LO) when the ignition switch is turned ON.
Headlamp • Turns OFF the headlamp (LO) when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Headlamp (HI): OFF
K
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338645
EXL
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5228GB
OUTLINE
• Auto light system is controlled by each function of BCM and IPDM E/R.
EXL-19
SYSTEM
Control by BCM
- Combination switch reading function
- Auto light function
- Fog override function
Control by IPDM E/R
- Smart FET control function
• Auto light system has the auto light function and fog override function.
- Auto light function automatically turns ON/OFF the exterior lamps*, depending on the outside brightness.
- Fog override function turns ON the exterior lamps regardless of outside brightness, when front fog lamp
switch is turned from OFF to ON or rear fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON while ignition switch is in
ON position and lighting switch is in AUTO position.
*: Headlamp (LO/HI), front fog lamp, rear fog lamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp.
NOTE:
• Headlamp (HI) depend on the combination switch condition and the illumination judgment of high beam
assist system. For details, refer to EXL-21, "HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM : System Description".
• Front fog lamp depend on the front fog lamp switch condition (only when the fog override function setting is
OFF). (without rear fog lamp)
• Front fog lamp does not turn ON automatically, but automatically turns OFF (only when the fog override
function setting is OFF). (with rear fog lamp)
• Rear fog lamp does not turn ON automatically, but automatically turns OFF (only when the fog override func-
tion setting is OFF).
AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION
• BCM detects the engine condition by the engine status signal received from ECM via CAN communication.
• BCM receives exterior lamp ON/OFF requests from the light & rain sensor by light & rain sensor serial link.
• BCM judges the ON/OFF status of the exterior lamp according to ON/OFF requests from light & rain sensor
and the vehicle condition.
• BCM transmits each request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to ON/OFF condition by
the auto light function.
NOTE:
ON/OFF timing differs based on the sensitivity from the setting. The setting can be set by CONSULT. Refer to
EXL-33, "HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp)".
FOG OVERRIDE FUNCTION
When front fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON or rear fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON while
ignition switch is in ON position and lighting switch is in AUTO position, BCM turns ON exterior lamps* regard-
less of outside brightness.
NOTE:
• Headlamp (HI) depend on the combination switch condition and the illumination judgment of high beam
assist system. For details, refer to EXL-21, "HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM : System Description".
• Front fog lamp and rear fog lamp does not turn ON automatically (depend on the each fog lamp switch oper-
ation).
• ON/OFF of fog override function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to INL-15, "INT LAMP : CONSULT
Function (BCM - INT LAMP)".
HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM
EXL-20
SYSTEM
HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338647
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5229GB F
OUTLINE
• High beam assist system is a system that can reduce the driver's switch operation load. The system auto-
matically switches the headlamp to the low beam mode when a vehicle ahead or an oncoming vehicle G
appears, while driving the vehicle with the headlamps in high beam mode at night.
• When the high beam assist system operation permission conditions are satisfied, the high beam assist indi-
cator lamp in the combination meter turns ON and informs that the high beam assist is in operation. H
• High beam assist system is controlled by each function of BCM, front camera unit and IPDM E/R.
Control by BCM
- Combination switch reading function I
- High beam assist control function
- Headlamp control function J
Control by IPDM E/R
K
Control by Front camera unit
- High beam assist control function
OPERATION DESCRIPTION EXL
• BCM transmits the high beam assist indicator lamp signal to the combination meter via CAN communication
when the high beam assist system operation permission conditions are satisfied.
M
High beam assist system operation permission conditions
- Lighting switch HI with the lighting switch AUTO and ignition switch ON (Only when the illuminating judgment
by auto light function is ON. For details, refer to EXL-19, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".) N
• Combination meter turns the high beam assist indicator lamp ON according to the high beam assist indicator
lamp signal.
• Front camera unit detects the vehicle status and ambient status that are required for high beam assist con-
trol with the following signals. O
- Vehicle speed signal (received from combination meter via CAN communication)
- Ambient light signal (input from ambient light sensor integrated in the front camera unit)
- Image sensor signal (input from image sensor integrated in the front camera unit) P
• Front camera unit judges the current recommended beam according to the vehicle status and ambient con-
dition, and transmits the high beam assist request signal (headlamp HI operation / headlamp LO operation)
to BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM switches the headlamp LO operation / headlamp HI operation according to high beam assist request
signal while the high beam assist system operation permission conditions are satisfied. For headlamp oper-
ation, refer to EXL-17, "HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description".
RECOMMENDED BEAM JUDGMENT BY FRONT CAMERA UNIT
EXL-21
SYSTEM
Headlamp HI Operation Request
Front camera unit requests the headlamp HI operation to BCM when all of following conditions are satisfied.
• Detects the vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h or more.
• Recognizes the ambient condition is dark.
• Recognizes there is no oncoming vehicle or no vehicle ahead in front of the vehicle.
Headlamp LO Operation Request
Front camera unit requests the headlamp LO operation to BCM when either of following conditions is satisfied.
• Detects the vehicle speed is approx. 30 km/h or less.
• Recognizes the ambient condition is bright.
• Recognizes there is oncoming vehicle or vehicle ahead in front of the vehicle.
HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010338649
FRONT CAMERA UNIT TEMPORARY OPERATION CANCELLATION

• Temporary disabled status at high temperature
- If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions, the system may be deactivated
automatically. And the system malfunction in information display.
- When interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume operation automatically.
• When vehicle front identification is difficult
- When vehicle front identification is difficult due to soiling of windshield glass and strong light shining from the
front, operation may be canceled temporarily. At this time, a warning is displayed on the vehicle information
display in the combination meter.
- Normal operation recovers when conditions improve.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338650
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5230GB
OUTLINE
Daytime running light is controlled by daytime running light control function and combination switch reading
function of BCM, and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
• BCM detects the combination switch condition by the combination switch reading function.
• BCM detects vehicle condition depending on the engine status signal and Stop/Start status signal* (received
from ECM via CAN communication).
• BCM transmits the daytime running light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to
the daytime running light ON condition.
Daytime running light ON condition
- Engine running and any following conditions are satisfied.
• Lighting switch OFF
• Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is OFF. For details, refer to
EXL-22
SYSTEM
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated smart FET ON, and turns the daytime running light ON according to the day-
time running light request signal. A
NOTE:
When the engine is stopped by the Stop/Start system, the operation of daytime running light system is not can-
celed.*
B
*: With Stop/Start system
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010338652
C
D
DTC CONSULT display description Fail-safe
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light RH
B1231 DTRL RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO power supply circuit until the daytime running light ON
E
GRND] conditions are no longer satisfied.
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light LH
B20CB DTRL LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO power supply circuit until the daytime running light ON
GRND] conditions are no longer satisfied. F
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL

When CAN communication with BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communi- G
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM
H
Daytime running light Daytime running light: OFF
I
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO)
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : System Description INFOID:0000000010338656
J
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EXL
JMLIA5231GB O
OUTLINE
• Headlamp aiming control system is controlled by IPDM E/R.
• IPDM E/R controls the headlamp light axis height appropriately depending on the vehicle rear height. P
• IPDM E/R detects the vehicle condition necessary for the headlamp aiming motor control with the following
signals.
- Height sensor signal (inputted from height sensor)
- Low beam request signal (received from BCM via CAN communication)
- Vehicle speed signal (received from combination meter via CAN communication)
HEADLAMP AUTO AIMING OPERATION
EXL-23
SYSTEM
• IPDM E/R calculates vehicle pitch angle from height sensor signal and determines the necessary correction
to compensate the deviation from standard light axis position.
• IPDM E/R outputs aiming motor drive signal when operating conditions are satisfied.
Operating condition (when all of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Ignition switch ON
- Headlamp (LO) ON
• IPDM E/R changes the aiming motor drive signal when any of the correcting condition is detected. Output is
maintained if other condition is detected.
Correcting condition (when any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Ignition switch ON
- Headlamp (LO) is turned ON.
- Vehicle posture becomes stable after the vehicle posture change is detected with the headlamp (LO) ON
and the vehicle stopped.
- Vehicle speed is maintained with the headlamp (LO) ON and the vehicle driven.
NOTE:
Adjusted axis position may differ from the preset position although the headlamp auto aiming activates prop-
erly when the suspension is replaced or worn.
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010338658


[CIRC
SHORT TO
GRND] Right and left headlamp aiming motors stop at the posi-
B1C00 HEIGHT SENSOR PWR SPLY CIRC
[CIRC tion when DTC is detected.
SHORT TO
BATTERY]
[CIRC
SHORT TO
BATTERY]
[CIRC
SHORT TO
Right and left headlamp aiming motors stop at the posi-
B1C02 RR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND
tion when DTC is detected.
OR OPEN]
[CIRC
VOLTAGE
OUT OF
RANGE]
[CIRC
SHORT TO
GRND]
[CIRC
Right and left headlamp aiming motors stop at the posi-
B1C07 AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL SHORT TO
tion when DTC is detected.
BATTERY]
[SIGNAL
COMPARE
FAILURE]
[SIG
PRTCTN Right and left headlamp aiming motors stop at the posi-
B1C12 RR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL
CLCLTN IN- tion when DTC is detected.
CRCT]
EXL-24
SYSTEM
A
[MISSING
CALIBRA-
TION] Right and left headlamp aiming motors fix at the initial
B20DB HEIGHT SENS INITIALIZE NOT DONE
aiming position.
[NOT CON- B
FIURED]
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM

C
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000010338659
D
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5232GB I
OUTLINE
Turn signal lamp and hazard warning lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the flasher
control function of BCM. J
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION
• BCM supplies voltage to the right (left) turn signal lamp circuit when the ignition switch is ON and the turn K
signal switch is in the right (left) position. BCM blinks the turn signal lamp.
HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION
EXL
BCM supplies voltage to both turn signal lamp circuits when the hazard switch is ON. BCM blinks the hazard
warning lamp.
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL OPERATION M
• BCM transmits the turn indicator signal to the combination meter using CAN communication while the turn
signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp are operating.
• Combination meter outputs the turn signal sound with the integrated buzzer while blinking the turn signal
indicator lamp according to the turn indicator signal. N
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION

• By a short touch of the turn signal lever, BCM blinks the turn signal lamps 3 times in the selected direction. O
• Cancels the operation when short touch of the turn signal lever in the reverse direction during the 3-time
flasher function operation.
NOTE:
ON/OFF of 3-time flasher function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to EXL-35, "FLASHER : CONSULT P
Function (BCM - FLASHER) (LED Headlamp)".
HIGH FLASHER OPERATION
• BCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status from the current value.
• BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn sig-
nal lamp operating.
NOTE:
EXL-25
SYSTEM
The blinking speed is normal while operating the hazard warning lamp.
AUTO HAZARD FUNCTION
• Air bag diagnosis sensor unit transmits car crash information signal to BCM via CAN communication, when
air bag diagnosis sensor unit detects strong impact to the vehicle body while ignition switch is ON.
• When car crash information signal received from air bag diagnosis sensor unit is detected, BCM supplies
voltage to each turn signal lamp system and hazard lamp blinks.
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000010338661
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5233GB
OUTLINE
Parking, license plate and tail lamps are controlled by combination switch reading function and parking,
license plate and tail lamps control function of BCM, and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION
• BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON condition.
Parking, license plate and tail lamps ON condition (when any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch 1ST
- Lighting switch 2ND
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated smart FET ON and turns the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON accord-
ing to the position light request signal.
• Combination meter turns the position lamp indicator lamp ON according to the position light request signal.
NOTE:
Parking lamp and daytime running light use a common light source. When the parking, license plate and tail
lamps are turned ON while daytime running light is ON, the parking lamp/daytime running light is dimmed.
When the driver is moving to the house entrance from the own vehicle, parking, license plate and tail lamps
are kept still ON by the follow me home function of BCM.
transmits the position light request signal for a period of time to IPDM E/R and the combination meter
through CAN communication.
EXL-26
SYSTEM
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated smart FET ON and turns the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON accord- A
B
tion is operating.
- Ignition switch other than OFF C
NOTE:
• Flash-to-pass operation illumination time for 1 time can be extended to approximately 30 seconds during D
tion, 2 times), approximately 90 seconds (flash-to-pass operation, 3 times), and a maximum of approxi- E
SIGNATURE LIGHT FUNCTION
F
Description
The signature light function is a function that turns ON the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and tail lamp for a
set period of time when the doors are locked or unlocked from outside the vehicle.
G
Operation Description
BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communica-
tion according to the signature light function ON condition.
H
Signature light function ON condition (Operation when doors are unlocked)
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, the signature light function operates when door unlock
operation is performed from outside the vehicle (Intelligent Key, door request switch, back door opener
switch). I
- Ignition switch: OFF
- Door open/close status: All door close
- Door lock status: All door lock J
• When any of the following conditions is satisfied while the signature light function is operating, the signature
light function stops.
- Ignition switch: ON
K
- Door lock status: All door lock (This only occurs when door lock operation is performed using the door lock
and unlock switch, etc. When door lock operation is performed with the Intelligent Key or door request
switch, the system changes to operation when doors are locked.)
- Since signature light function ON, 30 seconds are passed. EXL
Signature light function ON condition (Operation when doors are locked)

• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, the signature light function operates when door lock oper-
ation is performed from outside the vehicle (Intelligent Key or door request switch). M
• When any of the following conditions is satisfied while the signature light function is operating, the signature N
- Door open/close status: Any door open
- Door lock status: Any door unlock or all door unlock (This only occurs when door unlock operation is per- O
formed using the door lock and unlock switch etc. When door unlock operation is performed with the Intelli-
gent Key, door request switch or back door opener switch, the system changes to operation when doors are
unlocked.) P
NOTE:
ON/OFF of signature light function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to DLK-47, "DOOR LOCK : CON-
SULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 1)", DLK-221, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR
LOCK) (Type 2)", DLK-671, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 5)" or DLK-842,
"DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 6)". Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to
DLK-24, "Information".
EXL-27
SYSTEM
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010338663


[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the parking lamp (LH/RH)
B20D2 PARKING LAMP PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO power supply circuit until the parking lamp, license plate
GRND] lamp, and tail lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
Shuts off the power supply to the following power supply
circuits until the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and tail
[CIRC lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
B20D4 TAIL LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO • Tail lamp LH (body side)
GRND] • Tail lamp LH (back door side)
• License plate lamp LH
• License plate lamp RH
Shuts off the power supply to the following power supply
[CIRC circuits until the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and tail
B20D5 TAIL LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
GRND] • Tail lamp RH (body side)
• Tail lamp RH (back door side)


• Turns ON the tail lamp, parking lamp and license plate lamp when the ignition switch is turned
• Parking lamp
ON.
• License plate lamp
• Turns OFF the tail lamp, parking lamp and license plate lamp when the ignition switch is turned
• Tail lamp
OFF.
STOP LAMP SYSTEM

STOP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338664
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5234GB
OUTLINE
Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the stop lamp
and high-mounted stop lamp control function of BCM, and forward emergency braking function of ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit).
STOP LAMP AND HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP OPERATION
EXL-28
SYSTEM
• BCM detects the brake pedal position status from stop lamp switch.
• BCM supplies voltage to stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp according to the stop lamp and high- A
mounted stop lamp ON condition.
Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp ON condition
- Brake pedal is depressed B
FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING FUNCTION
• When the Forward Emergency Braking operates, the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits
the stop lamp request signal to BCM via CAN communication. (For details about the Forward Emergency C
Braking, refer to BRC-150, "System Description".)
• When BCM receives the stop lamp request signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), it
supplies power to the stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp systems, turning ON the stop lamp and high- D
mounted stop lamp.
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM
E
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338668
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
F
JMLIA5239GB
OUTLINE K
Front fog lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and front fog lamp control function of BCM,
and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION EXL
• BCM transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the front fog lamp ON condition. M
Front fog lamp ON condition (when any of the following conditions are satisfied) (without rear fog lamp)
- Lighting switch 1ST with the front fog lamp switch ON
- Lighting switch 2ND with the front fog lamp switch ON N
- Lighting switch AUTO with the front fog lamp switch ON (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light
system is ON. For details, refer to EXL-19, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)
Front fog lamp ON condition (with rear fog lamp) O
- Front fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON, and any of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Lighting switch 1ST
• Lighting switch 2ND P
• Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated smart FET ON, and turns the front fog lamp ON according to the front fog light
request signal.
• Combination meter turns the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the front fog light request signal.
EXL-29
SYSTEM
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010338670


[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp LH power
B121A FR FOG LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions are no
GRND] longer satisfied.
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp RH power
B1256 FR FOG LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions are no


Front fog lamp Front fog lamp: OFF
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM

REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338671
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3188GB
OUTLINE
Rear fog lamp is controlled with the combination switch reading function and the rear fog lamp control function
of BCM.
REAR FOG LAMP OPERATION
• BCM detects the condition of the combination switch by the combination switch reading function.
• BCM supplies voltage to rear fog lamp according to the rear fog lamp ON condition.
Rear fog lamp ON condition
- Rear fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON, and any of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Lighting switch 2ND
• BCM transmits the rear fog lamp status signal to the combination meter using CAN communication.
• Combination meter turns the rear fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the rear fog lamp status signal.
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
EXL-30
SYSTEM
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010338673
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5240GB F
OUTLINE
• Exterior lamp battery saver system is controlled by combination switch reading function and exterior lamp
battery saver function of BCM, and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R. G
• BCM turns the exterior lamp* OFF, according to the vehicle status when ignition switch is turned OFF while
exterior lamp is ON, for preventing battery discharge.
*: Headlamp (LO/HI), front fog lamp, rear fog lamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp H
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION
• BCM turns the exterior lamps OFF (battery saver is activated) when all of the following conditions are satis-
fied. I
- Exterior lamp: ON
- Engine status: Running→Stop (ignition switch is turned OFF)
- Front door switch (driver side): OFF→ON J
NOTE:
When in any of following conditions (after the exterior lamp battery saver is activated), exterior lamps [except
front fog lamp (with rear fog lamp) and rear fog lamp] can be turned ON.
• Lighting switch: 1ST or 2ND→OFF or AUTO→1ST or 2ND K
• Engine status: Stop→Running
EXL
EXL-31
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000010452422
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
Diagnosis mode Function Description

Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.
SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
— AIR CONDITONER* × ×
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security THEFT ALM × ×
RAP RETAINED PWR ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.
EXL-32
CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description A

BATTERY VOLTAGE V Battery voltage of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
EXTERNAL TEMP °C External temperature of the moment a particular DTC is detected
B
NOTE:
VEHICLE COND —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
C
NOTE:
DOOR LOCK STATUS —
POWER SUPPLY
min Displays the cumulative time from the time that the battery terminal is connected. D
COUNTER
HEADLAMP
E
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (LED Headlamp) INFOID:0000000010338682
WORK SUPPORT
F
Service item Setting item Setting
MODE 1* Normal
G
More sensitive setting than normal setting. (Turns ON earlier than normal op-
MODE 2
eration.)
CUSTOM A/LIGHT SETTING
MODE 3 More sensitive setting than MODE 2. (Turns ON earlier than MODE 2.)
H
Less sensitive setting than normal setting. (Turns ON later than normal oper-
MODE 4
ation.)
MODE 1 NOTE: I
TWILIGHT On
MODE 2 This item is displayed, but cannot be used.
MODE 1
MODE 2 J
NOTE:
WIPER LINK
MODE 4
K
*: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR
NOTE: EXL
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
M
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
PUSH SW N
Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch
[On/Off]
ENGINE STATE
Indicates [STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN] condition of engine states
[STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN]
O
VEH SPEED 1
Indicates [km/h] condition of vehicle speed signal from combination meter
[km/h]
EXL-33
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off]
TAIL LAMP SW
[On/Off]
HI BEAM SW
[On/Off]
HEADLAMP SW
[On/Off]
Each switch status that BCM judges from the combination switch reading function.
LIGHT OFF SW
[On/Off]
PASSING SW
[On/Off]
AUTO LIGHT SW
[On/Off]
FR FOG SW
[On/Off]
RR FOG SW*
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-DR
Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (driver side)
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-AS
Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (passenger side)
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR
Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch RH
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RL
Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch LH
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK
Indicated [On/Off] condition of back door switch
[On/Off]
OPTI SEN (DTCT) NOTE:
[V] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
OPTI SEN (FILT) NOTE:
OPTICAL SENSOR
The sensor condition received from light & rain sensor
[On/Off/NG]
*: For models without rear fog lamp, this item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
ACTIVE TEST
Test item Operation Description

Transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R using CAN com-
On
FR FOG LAMP munication to turn the front fog lamp ON.
Off Stops the front fog light request signal transmission.
On Outputs voltage to turn the rear fog lamp ON.
RR FOG LAMP*
Off Stops the voltage to turn the rear fog lamp OFF.
On Outputs voltage to turn the stop lamp RH ON.
STOP LAMP 1
Off Stops the voltage to turn the stop lamp RH OFF.
On Outputs voltage to turn the stop lamp LH ON.
STOP LAMP 2
Off Stops the voltage to turn the stop lamp LH OFF.
EXL-34
A
On Outputs voltage to turn the high-mounted stop lamp ON.
STOP LAMP 3
Off Stops the voltage to turn the high-mounted stop lamp OFF.
*: For models without rear fog lamp, this item is displayed, but cannot be tested. B
FLASHER
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER) (LED Headlamp) INFOID:0000000010338683
C
WORK SUPPORT
D
On* With 3-time flasher function
3-TIME FLASHER SETTING
Off Without 3-time flasher function E
*: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR
F
NOTE:
G
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
REQ SW -DR H
Indicated [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
[On/Off]
REQ SW -AS
Indicated [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)
[On/Off] I
PUSH SW
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL R J
[On/Off]
Each switch status that BCM detects from the combination switch reading function.
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off]
K
HAZARD SW
The switch status input from the hazard switch.
[On/Off]
RKE-LOCK EXL
Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key or keyfob
[On/Off]
RKE-UNLOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key or keyfob
[On/Off]
M
RKE-PANIC NOTE:
[On/Off] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
INT LAMP N
INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP) INFOID:0000000010452423
O
WORK SUPPORT

P
On*1 With interior room lamp timer function
SET I/L D-UNLCK INTCON
Off Without interior room lamp timer function
On*1 With front fog override function

FOG LAMP OVERRIDE
Off Without front fog override function
EXL-35
MODE1 Turns spicy illumination function OFF
MODE2
MODE3
MODE4
SPICY BRIGHTNESS SETTING*2
MODE5*1 Sets spicy illumination brightness.
MODE6
MODE7
MODE8
1
* : Factory setting
*2: With spicy illumination
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
REQ SW-DR
[On/Off]
REQ SW-AS
[On/Off]
PUSH SW
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-DR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-AS
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RL
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK
[On/Off]
CDL LOCK SW
Indicated [On/Off] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch
[On/Off]
CDL UNLOCK SW
Indicated [On/Off] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch
[On/Off]
KEY CYL LK-SW NOTE:
[On/Off] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
KEY CYL UN-SW NOTE:
RKE-LOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
RKE-UNLOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
KEY SW NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST
EXL-36
Test item Operation Description A

On Outputs interior room lamp control signal.
INT LAMP
Off Stops interior room lamp control signal.
B
DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK : Information INFOID:0000000010735632
C
Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.
Service information Destination D

Type 1 For Europe With Intelligent Key and super lock
• For Europe
Type 2 • For South Africa With Intelligent Key, without super lock E
• For Russia, Ukraine and Kazakhstan
Type 3 For Europe Without Intelligent Key, with super lock
• For Europe F
Type 4 • For South Africa Without Intelligent Key and super lock
• For Australia G
Type 5 With Intelligent Key, without super lock
• For General export
• For Australia
Type 6 Without Intelligent Key and super lock
• For General export H
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 1) INFOID:0000000010452424
I
BCM CONSULT FUNCTION
WORK SUPPORT J
Monitor item Description

Anti-hijack function mode can be changed to operation with this mode K
DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET • On: Operate
• Off: Non-operation
Signature light function can be changed to operation with this mode
EXL
SIGNATURE LIGHT SETTING • On: Operate
DATA MONITOR M
NOTE:
N
Monitor Item Contents
REQ SW-DR Indicated [On/Off] condition of door request switch (driver side)
O
REQ SW-AS Indicated [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side)
REQ SW-BD/TR Indicated [On/Off] condition of back door request switch
DOOR SW-DR Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (driver side) P
DOOR SW-AS Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (passenger side)
DOOR SW-RR Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch RH
DOOR SW-RL Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch LH
DOOR SW-BK Indicated [On/Off] condition of back door switch
CDL LOCK SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of lock signal from door lock unlock switch
EXL-37
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of unlock signal from door lock unlock switch
NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
Indicates [NOMAL/On/Off] condition of circuit between BCM and air bag diagnosis sensor unit
• NORMAL: Ignition switch ON. (BCM is receiving normal condition signal from air bag diagnosis sensor
SHOCK SENSOR unit.)
• ON: During the receiving of air bag signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit
• OFF: After the receiving of air bag signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit
NOTE:
KEY SW
ACTIVE TEST
Test item Description

This test is able to check door lock/unlock operation
DOOR LOCK • The all door lock actuators are locked when “ALL LOCK” on CONSULT screen is touched
• The all door lock actuators are unlocked when “ALL UNLOCK” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check super lock actuator operation
SUPER LOCK • The all door lock actuators are set when “LOCK” on CONSULT screen is touched
• The all door lock actuators are released when “UNLOCK” on CONSULT screen is touched
This test is able to check door lock status indicator operation
DOOR LOCK IND • On: Operate

WORK SUPPORT

Anti-hijack function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:

DOOR SW-DR Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (driver side)
EXL-38
A
NOTE: B
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
C
SHOCK SENSOR unit.)
• ON: During the receiving of air bag signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit D
NOTE:
KEY SW
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored E
ACTIVE TEST

F
• The all door lock actuators are unlocked when “ALL UNLOCK” on CONSULT screen is touched G
NOTE:
SUPER LOCK
This test is able to check door lock status indicator operation H
I

J
WORK SUPPORT
K
Selective unlock function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
EXL
Automatic door unlock function mode can be selected from the following in this mode
AUTO UNLOCK TYPE • MODE1: All doors are locked
• MODE2: Only driver door is unlocked M
Automatic door lock function mode can be selected from the following in the mode
• MODE1: All doors are locked when vehicle speed more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
• MODE 2*: All doors are locked when shifting the selector lever from P position to other than the N
AUTO LOCK FUNCTION
P position
• MODE 3: Non-operation
O
• MODE1: All doors are unlocked when the power supply position is changed from ON to OFF
AUTO UNLOCK FUNCTION • MODE 2*: All doors are unlocked when shifting the selector lever from any position other than
the P to P position P
EXL-39
*
: P range interlock door lock/unlock can be selected for M/T models, but automatic door lock/unlock function
does not operate.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:

NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
SHOCK SENSOR unit.)
NOTE:
KEY SW
ACTIVE TEST

WORK SUPPORT

Anti-hijack function can be changed to operate with this mode
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
EXL-40
Monitor Item Contents A

IGN ON SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ON position
KEY ON SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of key switch
B
DOOR SW-DR Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (driver side) C
DOOR SW-RL Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch LH D
BACK DOOR SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of back door switch
LOCK STATUS Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door driver side
E
ACC ON SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ACC position
KEYLESS LOCK Indicated [On/Off] condition of lock signal from key fob
KEYLESS UNLOCK Indicated [On/Off] condition of unlock signal from key fob F
Indicates [NOMAL/On/Off] condition of circuit between BCM and air bag diag-
nosis sensor unit
• NORMAL: Ignition switch ON. (BCM is receiving normal condition signal G
SHOCK SENSOR
from air bag diagnosis sensor unit.)
H
NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW I
Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numer-
VEHICLE SPEED
ical value [Km/h]
J
ACTIVE TEST

K
• The all door lock actuators are locked when “ALL LCK” on CONSULT screen is touched
• The all door lock actuators are unlocked when “ALL UNLK” on CONSULT screen is touched
DOOR LOCK • The door lock actuator (driver side) is unlocked when “DR UNLK” on CONSULT screen is EXL
touched
• “BD ULK” is displayed, but cannot be used
• “OTR ULK” is displayed, but cannot be used
M
N
EXL-41
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000010452442
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.
Diagnosis mode Description

Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
Configuration
• White the vehicle specification when replacing IPDM E/R.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to PCS-37, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data (FFD)
The IPDM E/R records the vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on CON-
SULT.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
REVERSE SIGNAL Displays the status of the transmission range switch (CVT) or reverse/neutral position
[Open/Close] switch (M/T) judged by IPDM E/R.
IGN RELAY
Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
PUSH SW
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
NEUTRAL SW
Displays the status of the reverse/neutral position switch (M/T) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW
Displays the status of the transmission range switch (CVT) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
OIL PRESSURE SW
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
Displays the LED headlamp (right) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L RH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with LED headlamp.
Displays the LED headlamp (left) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L LH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
COMPRESSOR
Displays the compressor drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H/L WASHER PUMP
Displays the status of the headlamp washer pump judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
EXL-42
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
HORN RELAY NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
COOLING FAN NOTE: B
FRONT WIPER HI/LO RELAY
Displays the status of the front wiper HI/LO relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] C
FRONT WIPER RELAY
Displays the status of the front wiper relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY OFF STATUS D
Displays the status of the ignition relay OFF circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY ON STATUS
Displays the status of the ignition relay ON circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] E
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the steering lock unit.
STEERING LOCK PWR SPLY
NOTE:
[Off/On]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with Intelligent Key system
F
HEIGHT SENSOR PWR SPLY
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the height sensor.
[Off/On]
COOLING FAN RELAY 1
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-1 judged by IPDM E/R. G
[Open/Close]
STARTER RELAY
Displays the status of the starter control relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H
COMP ECV DUTY
Displays the compressor control signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
COOLING FAN RELAY 2
[%]
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-2 judged by IPDM E/R. I
FR FOG LAMP LH
Displays the front fog lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
J
FR FOG LAMP RH
Displays the front fog lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
LEVELIZER OUTPUT
Displays the aiming motor drive signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. K
[%]
PARKING LAMP
Displays the parking lamp output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
EXL
TAIL LAMP LH
Displays the tail lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
TAIL LAMP RH
Displays the tail lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. M
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH
Displays the daytime running light (left) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH N
Displays the daytime running light (right) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (HI) LH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%] O
HEADLAMP (HI) RH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) LH P
Displays the headlamp (LO) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) RH
Displays the headlamp (LO) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
A/C RELAY STUCK
Displays the ON stuck status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]
EXL-43
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
A/C RELAY
Displays the status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV STATUS
Displays the compressor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN NOTE:
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR Displays the battery current sensor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/
[OK/NG] R.
FRONT FOG LAMP
Displays the fog lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV CURRENT
Displays the electric current output to compressor judged by IPDM E/R.
[A]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Displays the status of the battery voltage judged by IPDM E/R.
[V]
COOLING FAN DUTY
Displays the cooling fan output signal status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HOOD SW (CAN)
[Open/Close]
FRONT WIPER
Displays the front wiper motor drive control status of IPDM E/R.
[STOP/HI/LO/NG]
FR WIPER STOP POSITION
Displays the status of the front wiper position status judged by IPDM E/R.
[ACTIVE P/STOP P]
HEADLAMP (HI)
Displays the headlamp (HI) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
HEADLAMP (LO)
Displays the headlamp (LO) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY MONITOR
[Off/On]
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
Displays the status of the ignition power supply judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW (CAN) Displays the status of the transmission range switch signal that IPDM transmits via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
NEUTRAL SWITCH (CAN) Displays the status of the reverse/neutral position switch (M/T) signal that IPDM
[Off/On] transmits via CAN communication.
PUSH-BUTTON IGN SW (CAN) Displays the status of the ignition switch signal that IPDM transmits via CAN commu-
[Off/On] nication.
TAIL LAMP
Displays the tail lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
REVERSE SIGNAL (CAN) Displays the status of the steering lock relay signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication.
STARTER MOTOR STATUS
Displays the status of the starter motor judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
STARTER RELAY (CAN) Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the starter control relay status signal
[LOW/HIGH] via CAN communication.
IPDM NOT SLEEP Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the not sleep signal via CAN commu-
[NO RDY/READY] nication.
STOP/START STATUS
Displays the status of the stop/starter system ready judged by IPDM E/R.
[PRHBT/PERMIT]
AFTER COOLING TIME
[No request/0.5min/1.0min/1.5min/ NOTE:
2.0min/2.5min/3.0min/3.5min/4min/5min/ The item is indicated, but not monitored.
6min/8min/10min/12min/14min/16min]
EXL-44
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
AFTER COOLING SPEED
NOTE:
[0%/25%/40%/55%/70%/78%/85%/
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
100%] B
COOLING FAN TYPE NOTE:
[RENAULT/NISSAN] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
COMPRESSOR REQ 1 Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN C
[Off/On] communication.
VHCL SECRITY HORN REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. D
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM via
SLEEP/WAKE UP NOTE: E
[SLEEP/WAKEUP] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SW NOTE:
F
CRANKING ENABLE-TCM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from TCM via CAN com-
[OK/NG] munication.
CRANKING ENABLE-ECM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from ECM via CAN com-
G
[OK/NG] munication.
CAN DIAGNOSIS Displays the status of the CAN diagnosis signal received from BCM via CAN commu-
[OK/NG] nication.
H
FRONT FOG LAMP REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
H/L WASHER REQ Displays the status of the headlamp washer request signal received from BCM via
I
PASSING REQ NOTE:

J
HIGH BEAM REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. K
COOLING FAN REQ Displays the status of the cooling fan speed request signal received from ECM via
[%] CAN communication.
EXL
ENGINE STATUS Displays the status of the engine status signal received from ECM via CAN commu-
[STOP/IDLING/RUN] nication.
TURN SIGNAL REQ Displays the status of the turn indicator signal received from BCM via CAN commu-
[Off/On] nication. M
FR WIPER REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
SHIFT POSITION Displays the status of the shift position signal received from TCM via CAN communi- N
[OFF/P/R/N/D/S/L/B/1/2/3/4/5/6/7] cation.
LOW BEAM REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication. O
POSITION LIGHT REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
COMPRESSOR REQ 2 Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com- P
IGNITION SW Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal and starter control relay request
[Off/On/START] signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
VEHICLE SPEED (METER) Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com-
[km/h] munication.
EXL-45
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
Monitor the cumulative discharge value of the battery.
BAT DISCHAGE COUNT NOTE:
[—] When 65,000 or more is counted, replace the battery. (Only with stop/start system
modls)
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R reaches the retry upper
P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the parking lamp circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of parking lamp circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R permits the retry of the
parking lamp circuit.
NMB P LAMP CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the parking lamp circuit count is 5 and the igni-
tion switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB P LAMP CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the parking lamp circuit.
limit of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
daytime running light (left) circuit.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (left) circuit count is 5
and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
limit of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
daytime running light (right) circuit.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (right) circuit count is
5 and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
front fog lamp (left) circuit.
NMB F FOG LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the
ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB F FOG LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
EXL-46
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
front fog lamp (right) circuit.
NMB F FOG RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE: B
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and
the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB F FOG RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
C
HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE: D
When the number of headlamp (HI) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
headlamp (HI) (left) circuit. E
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit count is 5 and the
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
F
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
limit of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. G
HL (HI) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (HI) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.
H
headlamp (HI) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit count is 5 and I
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. J
S/L CIRC MALFUNCTION limit of the steering lock circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of steering lock circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
K
steering lock circuit.
NMB S/L CIRC RETRY EXL
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the steering lock circuit count is 5 and the ignition
switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB S/L CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current M
[0 – 5] of the steering lock circuit.
HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
N
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of headlamp (LO) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
headlamp (LO) (left) circuit. O
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit count is 5 and
P
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
limit of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
HL (LO) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (LO) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.
EXL-47
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit count is 5 and
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
tail lamp (left) circuit.
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the igni-
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
tail lamp (right) circuit.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and the ig-
nition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
BATTERY STATUS
Monitor the battery status from the battery output.
[OK/NG]
ACTIVE TEST

HORN On Operates horn relay for 20 ms.
Off OFF
FRONT WIPER Lo Operates the front wiper relay.
Hi Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper HI/LO relay.
HEAD LAMP WASHER On Operates the headlamp washer relay for 1 second.
Off OFF
TAIL Operates the tail lamp relay.
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay.
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Operates the headlamp low relay and ON/OFF the headlamp high relay at 1
Hi
second intervals.
Fog Operates the front fog lamp relay.
WORK SUPPORT
Work item Description

SENSOR INITILALIZE Adjusts the height sensor signal output value in the unloaded vehicle condition.
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared.
EXL-48
BCM, IPDM E/R, FRONT CAMERA UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [LED HEADLAMP]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

BCM, IPDM E/R, FRONT CAMERA UNIT
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000010338692
B
ECU Reference
C
BCS-64, "Reference Value"
BCS-88, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-89, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" D
BCS-90, "DTC Index"
PCS-21, "Reference Value"
E
PCS-33, "Fail-safe"
IPDM E/R
PCS-36, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
PCS-37, "DTC Index" F
DAS-56, "Reference Value"
DAS-60, "Fail-safe (Front Camera Unit)"
Front camera unit*
DAS-60, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" G
DAS-61, "DTC Index"
*: With high beam assist system H
EXL
EXL-49
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [LED HEADLAMP]
WIRING DIAGRAM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010338705
JRLWD2030GB
EXL-50
EXL
JRLWD4115GB
EXL-51
JRLWD4116GB
EXL-52
EXL
JRLWD4117GB
EXL-53
JRLWD2034GB
EXL-54
EXL
JRLWD2218GB
EXL-55
JRLWD2219GB
EXL-56
EXL
JRLWD2220GB
EXL-57
JRLWD2221GB
EXL-58
EXL
JRLWD2222GB
EXL-59
JRLWD2223GB
EXL-60
EXL
JRLWD2224GB
EXL-61
JRLWD2225GB
EXL-62
EXL
JRLWD2226GB
EXL-63
JRLWD2227GB
EXL-64
EXL
JRLWD2228GB
EXL-65
JRLWD2229GB
EXL-66
EXL
JRLWD2230GB
EXL-67
JRLWD2231GB
EXL-68
EXL
JRLWD2232GB
EXL-69
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [LED HEADLAMP]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010338706
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMKIA8652GB
DETAILED FLOW
EXL-70
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.
B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information. E
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. F
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. G
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
H
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
J
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected K
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to DTC INSPECTION PRIORITY CHART, and determine trouble diag-
nosis order. EXL
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
M
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". O
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step P
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
EXL-71
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.
EXL-72
LED HEADLAMP OPERATION INSPECTION
LED HEADLAMP OPERATION INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010338707
1.CHECK START B
1. In the cool LED status (wait for more than 10 minutes after turning headlamp OFF), turn ON and turn OFF
headlamp for the several times. Check that headlamp operates normally each time.
2. In the cool LED status, turn headlamp ON, wait until headlamp enters to the stable status (approximately C
5 minutes after turning headlamp ON), and then check that headlamp operates normally without blinking
or flickering.
3. In the warm LED status (turn headlamp ON for more than 15 minutes and wait for 1 minute after turning
D
OFF), turn ON and turn OFF headlamp for the several times. Check that headlamp operates normally
each time.
4. Turn headlamp ON for approximately 30 minutes, and then check that headlamp operates normally with-
out difference in brightness between LH and RH, blinking or flickering. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EXL-145, "Symptom Table". F
EXL
EXL-73
SENSOR INITIALIZE
SENSOR INITIALIZE
Description INFOID:0000000010338722
Perform the sensor initialize when the following operation is performed.

• Replacing IPDM E/R
• Removing, installing or replacing height sensor
• Adjusting, removing, installing or replacing suspension components
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010338723
1.VEHICLE CONDITION CHECK

1. Park the vehicle in the straight-forward position.
2. Unload the vehicle (no passenger aboard).
>> GO TO 2.
2.SENSOR INITIALIZE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SENSOR INITIALIZE” in “Work Support” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. Touch "Start".
4. When "INITIALISE COMPLETE", touch "End".
NOTE:
If "INITIALISE NOT DONE" is indicated, IPDM E/R detects that the height sensor signal changes. The
sensor initialize is cancelled. In this case, turn the ignition switch OFF to prevent the vehicle from the
height change. Perform the sensor initialize again.
Is the sensor initialize completed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the sensor initialize again.
3.SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> WORK END
EXL-74
B121A FRONT FOG LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [LED HEADLAMP]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010452520
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
FR FOG LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When front fog lamp ON conditions are satisfied (smart
D
B121A (Front fog lamp left hand power supply cir- SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
cuit) GRND] in the front fog lamp LH power supply circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connector
• Front fog lamp LH bulb
• IPDM E/R
F
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp LH power supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions
are no longer satisfied. G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
With CONSULT
2. Select “F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. I
3. Check the monitor status.
Monitor item Monitor status J

0
F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
What is the monitor status? K
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the front fog lamp LH power supply circuit, and damage
accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/R does not turn ON EXL
the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform EXL-75, "Diagnosis
Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS-67,
"Removal and Installation". M
2. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
3. Turn lighting switch 1ST, and front fog lamp switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. O
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EXL-75, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010452521
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EXL-75
2. Turn lighting switch OFF, and front fog lamp switch OFF.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp LH connector.
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E102 59 Ground Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON
3. Select “FRONT FOG LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front fog lamp LH harness connector and
ground.
+
Front fog lamp LH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
FRONT FOG On 9 – 16 V
E94 1 Ground
LAMP Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP LH BULB
Check the front fog lamp LH bulb. Refer to EXL-76, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace front fog lamp LH bulb. Refer to EXL-164, "Replacement".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010452522

2. Disconnect front fog lamp LH connector.
3. Check resistance of front fog lamp LH terminals.
Front fog lamp LH

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-76
B1231 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
When daytime running light ON conditions are satisfied
DTRL RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC
(smart FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is
B1231 (Daytime running light right hand power SHORT TO
detected in the daytime running light RH power supply cir-
supply circuit) GRND] D
cuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector E
• Front combination lamp RH internal circuit
- LED (Daytime running light)
- Control circuit
- Harness F
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
G
Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light RH power supply circuit until the daytime running light
ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
I
2. Select “DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
Monitor item Monitor status
0
DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN K
1
What is the monitor status?
“0” >> GO TO 2. EXL
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the daytime running light RH power supply circuit, and
damage accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/R does not
turn ON the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform EXL-77, M
"Diagnosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired. Refer to
PCS-67, "Removal and Installation".
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. O
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
YES >> Refer to EXL-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-77
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front combination lamp RH connector.
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
3. Select “DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front combination lamp RH harness connector
and ground.
+
Front combination lamp RH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
DAYTIME On 9 – 16 V
E93 4 Ground RUNNING
LIGHT Off 0–1V

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH
Check the daytime running light RH. Refer to EXL-78, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace front combination lamp RH. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation".

2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH connector.
3. Check resistance of front combination lamp RH terminals.
Front combination lamp RH

Resistance
Terminal
4 6 Except 0 Ω
EXL-78
B1256 FRONT FOG LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

FR FOG LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When front fog lamp ON conditions are satisfied (smart
B1256 (Front fog lamp right hand power supply cir- SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
cuit) GRND] in the front fog lamp RH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front fog lamp RH bulb E
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp RH power supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions F
are no longer satisfied.
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select “F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
I
0
F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN J
1
“0” >> GO TO 2. K
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the front fog lamp RH power supply circuit, and dam-
age accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/R does not turn
ON the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform EXL-79, "Diag-
nosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS- EXL
67, "Removal and Installation".
M
With CONSULT
3. Turn lighting switch 1ST, and front fog lamp switch ON. N
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp RH connector.
EXL-79
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front fog lamp RH harness connector and
ground.
+
Front fog lamp RH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
E95 1 Ground
LAMP Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP RH BULB
Check the front fog lamp RH bulb. Refer to EXL-80, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace front fog lamp RH bulb. Refer to EXL-164, "Replacement".

2. Disconnect front fog lamp RH connector.
3. Check resistance of front fog lamp RH terminals.
Front fog lamp RH

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-80
B1C00 HEIGHT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

[CIRC When ignition switch is ON and the height sensor power
SHORT TO voltage that is output to the height sensor is 0.5 V or less
HEIGHT SENSOR PWR SPLY CIRC GRND] continually for 2 seconds or more.
B1C00 D
(Height sensor power supply circuit) [CIRC When ignition switch is ON and the height sensor power
SHORT TO voltage that is output to the height sensor is 5.5 V or more
BATTERY] continually for 2 seconds or more.
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND]
• Harness or connector F
• IPDM E/R
[CIRC SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness or connector G
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
H
Right and left headlamp aiming motors stop at the position when DTC is detected.
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds or more.
J
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
EXL
1.CHECK DTC M
Perform each inspection according to the displayed DTC.
Which DTC is displayed?
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND]>>GO TO 2. N
[CIRC SHORT TO BATTERY]>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT TO GROUND)
O
2. Disconnect the following connectors.
- IPDM E/R
- Height sensor P
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
EXL-81
YES >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT TO BATTERY)
- IPDM E/R
- Height sensor
3. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
IPDM E/R -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E38 25 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Connect the each connectors.
4. Touch “ERASE” to erase DTC memory of IPDM E/R.
6. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EXL-81, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EXL-82
B1C02 REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL
A

[CIRC When ignition switch is ON and the height sensor signal
SHORT TO voltage that is input from the height sensor is 4.95 V or
BATTERY] more continually for 2 seconds or more.
D
[CIRC
When ignition switch is ON and the height sensor signal
SHORT TO
RR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL voltage that is input from the height sensor is 0.05 V or
B1C02 GROUND
(Rear height sensor signal) less continually for 2 seconds or more.
OR OPEN] E
[CIRC When ignition switch is ON and the height sensor signal
VOLTAGE voltage that is input from the height sensor is 4.375 V –
OUT OF 4.95 V, or 0.05 V – 0.625 V continually for 2 seconds or F
RANGE] more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
G
• Height sensor
• IPDM E/R H
[CIRC SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN]

• Height sensor I
• IPDM E/R
[CIRC VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE]
J
• Height sensor installation condition
• Height sensor
• IPDM E/R
K
FAIL-SAFE
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EXL
With CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds or more.
3. Check DTC.
N
Is DTC detected?
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END O
P
1.CHECK DTC
[CIRC SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN]>>GO TO 4.
[CIRC VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE]>>GO TO 7.
EXL-83
2.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT (OPEN)

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and height sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and height sensor harness connector.
IPDM E/R Height sensor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E38 26 B16 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO BATTERY)
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
IPDM E/R -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E38 21 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and height sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and height sensor harness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and height sensor harness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO GROUND)
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
EXL-84
YES >> GO TO 8. A
7.CHECK INSTALLATION OF HEIGHT SENSOR
B
Check height sensor is properly installed. Refer to EXL-169, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and perform sensor initialize. Refer to EXL-74, "Work Pro-
cedure".
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D
With CONSULT
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector and height sensor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. E
F
YES >> GO TO 9. G
9.REPLACE HEIGHT SENSOR
With CONSULT H
1. Replace height sensor. Refer to EXL-170, "Removal and Installation".
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. I
J
K
EXL
EXL-85
B1C07 AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When ignition switch is ON, headlamp (LO) ON condi-
[CIRC
tions are satisfied, and the aiming motor drive signal volt-
SHORT TO
age that is output to the headlamp aiming motor is 1.25 V
GRND]
or less continually for 2 seconds or more.
[CIRC
tions are satisfied, and the aiming motor drive signal volt-
AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL SHORT TO
B1C07 age that is output to the headlamp aiming motor is 11.25
(Aiming motor drive signal) BATTERY]
V or more continually for 2 seconds or more.
[SIGNAL tions are satisfied, and the difference between the calcu-
COMPARE lated value and actual output value for the aiming motor
FAILURE] drive signal voltage that is output to the headlamp aiming
motor is 1.75 V or more continually for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND]
• Headlamp aiming motor
• IPDM E/R
• IPDM E/R
[SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE]
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
With CONSULT
2. Turn lighting switch 2ND and wait at least 2 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK DTC
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND]>>GO TO 2.
EXL-86
[SIGNAL COMPARE FAILURE]>>GO TO 4. A
2.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO GROUND)
B
2. Turn lighting switch OFF.
- IPDM E/R
- Headlamp aiming motor LH C
- Headlamp aiming motor RH
D
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E101 56 Ground Not existed E
YES >> GO TO 6.
F
3.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT TO BATTERY)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
- IPDM E/R H
- Headlamp aiming motor LH
4. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
I
+
Voltage
IPDM E/R -
(Approx.) J
Connector Terminal
E101 56 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL EXL
With CONSULT
1. Select “OPTIC AXIS ACTIVE TEST” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. M
2. With operating the test items, check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+ N
Voltage
IPDM E/R - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Default 3.54 V O
OPTIC AXIS
E101 56 Ground
ACTIVE TEST Lower 11.07 V
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK AIMING MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
- IPDM E/R
- Headlamp aiming motor LH
EXL-87
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and headlamp aiming motor harness connector.
IPDM E/R Headlamp aiming motor

Continuity
RH E99
E101 56 2 Existed
LH E98
YES >> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector and headlamp aiming motor connector.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR
With CONSULT
1. Replace headlamp aiming motor. Refer to EXL-162, "Disassembly and Assembly".
EXL-88
A

[SIG When ignition switch is ON and the height sensor signal
RR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL PRTCTN voltage that is input from the height sensor is 4.75 V or
B1C12
(Rear height sensor signal) CLCLTN IN- more, or 0.25 V or less compared to the initial setting val-
CRCT] ue continually for 30 seconds or more. D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Height sensor installation condition E
• Height sensor
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE F
G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 30 seconds or more. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END J
1.CHECK HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL K

1. Unload the vehicle (no passenger aboard).
3. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. EXL
Multi-link rear suspension models
+
Voltage M
IPDM E/R -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E38 21 Ground 1.5 V N
Torsion beam rear suspension models
+
Voltage O
IPDM E/R -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E38 21 Ground 2.35 V P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INSTALLATION OF HEIGHT SENSOR
Check height sensor is properly installed. Refer to EXL-169, "Exploded View".
EXL-89
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and perform sensor initialize. Refer to EXL-74, "Work Pro-
cedure".
3.PERFORM SENSOR INITIALIZE
Perform sensor initialize. Refer to EXL-74, "Work Procedure".
Is the sensor initialize completed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace height sensor. Refer to EXL-170, "Removal and Installation".
With CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEIGHT SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Replace height sensor. Refer to EXL-170, "Removal and Installation".
EXL-90
B20CB DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

DTRL LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC
B20CB (Daytime running light left hand power sup- SHORT TO
detected in the daytime running light LH power supply cir-
ply circuit) GRND] D
cuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front combination lamp LH internal circuit
- Control circuit
- Harness F
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
G
Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light LH power supply circuit until the daytime running light
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
I
2. Select “DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
0
DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN K
1
“0” >> GO TO 2. EXL
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the daytime running light LH power supply circuit, and
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. O
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-91
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front combination lamp LH connector.
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front combination lamp LH harness connector
and ground.
+
Front combination lamp LH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
LIGHT Off 0–1V

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH
Check the daytime running light LH. Refer to EXL-92, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace front combination lamp LH. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation".

2. Disconnect front combination lamp LH connector.
3. Check resistance of front combination lamp LH terminals.
Front combination lamp LH

Resistance
Terminal
4 6 Except 0 Ω
EXL-92
B20CE HEADLAMP (HI) LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

HL (HI) LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (HI) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
B20CE [Headlamp (high) left hand power supply SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
circuit] GRND] in the headlamp (HI) LH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front combination lamp LH internal circuit E
- LED [Headlamp (HI)]
- Harness
• IPDM E/R F
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) LH power supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Select “HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
0
HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1 K
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (HI) LH power supply circuit, and dam- EXL
nosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS- M
With CONSULT N
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND, and lighting switch HI. O
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-93
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
3. Select “HEADLAMP (HI)” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
HEADLAMP On 9 – 16 V
E91 7 Ground
(HI) Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) LH
Check the headlamp (HI) LH. Refer to EXL-94, "Component Inspection".


Resistance
Terminal
7 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-94
B20CF HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

HL (HI) RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (HI) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
B20CF [Headlamp (high) left hand power supply SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
circuit] GRND] in the headlamp (HI) RH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front combination lamp RH internal circuit E
- Harness
• IPDM E/R F
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) RH power supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL (HI) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
0
1 K
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (HI) RH power supply circuit, and dam- EXL
With CONSULT N
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND, and lighting switch HI. O
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-95
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
E93 7 Ground
(HI) Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) RH
Check the headlamp (HI) RH. Refer to EXL-96, "Component Inspection".


Resistance
Terminal
7 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-96
B20D0 HEADLAMP (LO) LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

HL (LO) LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (LO) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
B20D0 [Headlamp (low) left hand power supply cir- SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
cuit] GRND] in the headlamp (LO) LH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front combination lamp LH internal circuit E
- LED [Headlamp (LO)]
- Harness
• IPDM E/R F
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) LH power supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON condi- G
tions are no longer satisfied.
1.PRECONDITIONING H
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
0
HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1 K
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (LO) LH power supply circuit, and dam- EXL
With CONSULT N
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND. O
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-97
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
3. Select “HEADLAMP (LO)” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
E91 1 Ground
(LO) Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) LH
Check the headlamp (LO) LH. Refer to EXL-98, "Component Inspection".


Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-98
B20D1 HEADLAMP (LO) RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

HL (LO) RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (LO) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
cuit] GRND] in the headlamp (LO) RH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front combination lamp RH internal circuit E
- Harness
• IPDM E/R F
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) RH power supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON condi- G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL (LO) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
0
1 K
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (LO) RH power supply circuit, and dam- EXL
With CONSULT N
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND. O
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-99
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
E93 1 Ground
(LO) Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) RH
Check the headlamp (LO) RH. Refer to EXL-100, "Component Inspection".


Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-100
B20D2 PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A

When the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and tail lamp
[CIRC ON conditions are satisfied (smart FET inside IPDM E/R
PARKING LAMP PWR SPLY CIRC
B20D2 SHORT TO is ON), and overcurrent is detected in the parking lamp LH
(Parking lamp power supply circuit) D
GRND] power supply circuit or parking lamp RH power supply cir-
cuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
- LED (Parking lamp)
- Control circuit F
- Harness
- LED (Parking lamp) G
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
H
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the parking lamp (LH/RH) power supply circuit until the parking lamp, license
plate lamp, and tail lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied. I
1.PRECONDITIONING J
With CONSULT
2. Select “P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. K

EXL
0
P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
What is the monitor status? M
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the parking lamp LH or parking lamp RH power supply
circuit, and damage accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/ N
R does not turn ON the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform
EXL-102, "Diagnosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired.
Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation". O
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
3. Turn lighting switch 1ST.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EXL-101
1.CHECK PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front combination lamp connector.
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E101 53
Ground Not existed
LH E102 64
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
3. Select “PARKING LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front combination lamp harness connector and
ground.
+
Front combination lamp - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH E93
PARKING Off 0–1V
5 Ground
LAMP On 9 – 16 V
LH E91
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PARKING LAMP
Check the parking lamp. Refer to EXL-102, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation".

2. Disconnect front combination lamp connector.
3. Check resistance of front combination lamp terminals.
Parking lamp LH

Resistance
Terminal
5 6 Except 0 Ω
EXL-102
Parking lamp RH
Front combination lamp RH A

Resistance
Terminal
5 6 Except 0 Ω
B
NO >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation". C
EXL
EXL-103
B20D4 TAIL LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ON conditions are satisfied (smart FET inside IPDM E/R
is ON), and overcurrent is detected in the following power
[CIRC
TAIL LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC supply circuit.
B20D4 SHORT TO
(Tail lamp left hand power supply circuit) • Tail lamp LH (body side)
GRND]
• Tail lamp LH (back door side)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear combination lamp LH (body side) internal circuit
- LED (Tail lamp)
- Harness
• Rear combination lamp LH (back door side) internal circuit
- LED (Tail lamp)
- Harness
• License plate lamp LH bulb
• License plate lamp RH bulb
• License plate lamp LH bulb socket
• License plate lamp RH bulb socket
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the following power supply circuits until the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and
tail lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
• Tail lamp LH (body side)
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

0
T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the tail lamp LH (body side), tail lamp LH (back door
side), license plate lamp LH or license plate lamp RH power supply circuit, and damage accumu-
lates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/R does not turn ON the
smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform EXL-105, "Diagnosis
"Removal and Installation".
EXL-104
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. B
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EXL-105, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010452554 D
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
- IPDM E/R F
- Stop lamp / tail lamp LH (body side)
- Tail lamp LH (back door side)
- License plate lamp LH
- License plate lamp RH G
IPDM E/R H
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. J
2.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector. K
3. Select “TAIL LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between stop lamp / tail lamp (body side) harness con- EXL
nector and ground.
+ M
Stop lamp / tail lamp (body side) - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
On 9 – 16 V
B22 3 Ground TAIL LAMP
Off 0–1V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH P
Check the tail lamp LH. Refer to EXL-106, "Component Inspection (Tail Lamp)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP
EXL-105
Check the license plate lamp. Refer to EXL-106, "Component Inspection (License Plate Lamp)".
Component Inspection (Tail Lamp) INFOID:0000000010452555
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH

2. Disconnect stop lamp / tail lamp LH (body side) and tail lamp LH (back door side) connector.
3. Check resistance of stop lamp / tail lamp LH (body side) and tail lamp LH (back door side) terminals.
Tail lamp LH (body side)
Stop lamp / tail lamp LH (body side)

Resistance
Terminal
3 2 Except 0 Ω
Tail lamp LH (back door side)

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
NO >> Replace the corresponding rear combination lamp. Refer to EXL-174, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (License Plate Lamp) INFOID:0000000010452556

2. Disconnect license plate lamp connector.
3. Check resistance of license plate lamp terminals.
License plate lamp LH

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
License plate lamp RH

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove license plate lamp bulb.

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-106
License plate lamp RH A

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
B
YES >> Replace the corresponding license plate lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-178, "Replacement".
NO >> Repair or replace the corresponding license plate lamp bulb socket. C
EXL
EXL-107
B20D5 TAIL LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

[CIRC
TAIL LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC is ON), and overcurrent is detected in the following power
B20D5 SHORT TO
(Tail lamp right hand power supply circuit) supply circuit.
GRND]
• Tail lamp RH (body side)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear combination lamp RH (body side) internal circuit
- LED (Tail lamp)
- Harness
• Rear combination lamp RH (back door side) internal circuit
- LED (Tail lamp)
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

0
T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the tail lamp RH (body side) or tail lamp RH (back door
side) power supply circuit, and damage accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For
this reason, IPDM E/R does not turn ON the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced
in this state, perform EXL-109, "Diagnosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunc-
tioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation".
With CONSULT
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EXL-108
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END A
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT) B

3. Disconnect the following connectors. C
- IPDM E/R
- Stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side)
- Tail lamp RH (back door side) D
IPDM E/R E
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector. H
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between stop lamp / tail lamp (body side) harness con- I
nector and ground.
+ J
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V K
Off 0–1V
Is the inspection result normal? EXL
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH M
Check the tail lamp RH. Refer to EXL-109, "Component Inspection".
N
O
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH

2. Disconnect stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side) and tail lamp RH (back door side) connector.
3. Check resistance of stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side) and tail lamp RH (back door side) terminals.
Tail lamp RH (body side)
Stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side)

Resistance
Terminal
3 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-109
Tail lamp RH (back door side)

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-110
B20DB HEIGHT SENSOR INITIALIZE NOT DONE
B20DB HEIGHT SENSOR INITIALIZE NOT DONE
A

[MISSING
Initialization incomplete status of the height sensor is de-
CALIBRA-
HEIGHT SENS INITIALIZE NOT DONE tected when the ignition switch is turned ON.
B20DB TION]
(Height Sensor Initialize not done) D
[NOT CON- “HLL” vehicle specification is not written to IPDM E/R
FIURED] when ignition switch is turned ON.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
[MISSING CALIBRATION]
Sensor initialize is not completed
F
[NOT CONFIURED]
Configuration is not completed
FAIL-SAFE G
Right and left headlamp aiming motors fix at the initial aiming position.
H
With CONSULT
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
1.CHECK DTC EXL

M
[MISSING CALIBRATION]>>GO TO 2.
[NOT CONFIURED]>>GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM SENSOR INITIALIZE N
Perform sensor initialize. Refer to EXL-74, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END O

3.PERFORM CONFIGURATION
Perform configuration for “HLL” of IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-53, "Work Procedure". P
>> INSPECTION END
EXL-111
B20E2 LED HEADLAMP RH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When headlamp (LO) ON conditions are satisfied, and
[CMPNENT
LED HEADLAMP RH the headlamp warning RH signal voltage that is input from
B20E2 INTERNAL
(Light emitting diode headlamp right hand) the LED headlamp control module is 2.2 V or more con-
MLFNCTN]
tinually for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Transmits the headlamp warning signal (CAN communication) to the combination meter when the headlamp
(LO) ON conditions are satisfied. (When the ignition switch turns ON, the headlamp warning is displayed on
the information display of the combination meter.)
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B20E2 is displayed with DTC B20D1, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for
DTC B20D1.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EXL-99, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) RH OPERATION

With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (LO) RH is turned ON.
On : Headlamp (LO) RH ON
Off : Headlamp (LO) RH OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.
EXL-112
NO >> Perform the headlamp (LO) RH circuit diagnosis. Refer to EXL-117, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING RH SIGNAL A

B
4. Check voltage between front combination lamp RH harness connector and ground.
+
C
Front combination lamp RH - Voltage

Connector Terminal D
E93 3 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> Replace front combination lamp RH. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation". E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING RH SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor. G
Front combination lamp RH IPDM E/R

Continuity H
E93 3 E101 52 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? I
J
EXL
EXL-113
B20E3 LED HEADLAMP LH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When headlamp (LO) ON conditions are satisfied, and
[CMPNENT
LED HEADLAMP LH the headlamp warning LH signal voltage that is input from
B20E3 INTERNAL
(Light emitting diode headlamp left hand) the LED headlamp control module is 2.2 V or more con-
MLFNCTN]
tinually for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Transmits the headlamp warning signal (CAN communication) to the combination meter when the headlamp
(LO) ON conditions are satisfied. (When the ignition switch turns ON, the headlamp warning is displayed on
the information display of the combination meter.)
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B20E3 is displayed with DTC B20D0, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagnosis) for
DTC B20D0.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EXL-97, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) LH OPERATION

With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (LO) LH is turned ON.
On : Headlamp (LO) LH ON
Off : Headlamp (LO) LH OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.
EXL-114
NO >> Perform the headlamp (LO) LH circuit diagnosis. Refer to EXL-117, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING LH SIGNAL A

B
4. Check voltage between front combination lamp LH harness connector and ground.
+
C
Front combination lamp LH - Voltage

Connector Terminal D
E91 3 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> Replace front combination lamp LH. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation". E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP WARNING LH SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
3. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor. G
Front combination lamp LH IPDM E/R

Continuity H
J
EXL
EXL-115
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010338797
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (HI) is turned ON.
On : Headlamp (HI) ON
Off : Headlamp (HI) OFF
YES >> Headlamp (HI) circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to EXL-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OUTPUT VOLTAGE

With CONSULT
+
IPDM E/R - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH E102 62
HEADLAMP Off 0–1V
Ground
(HI) On 9 – 16 V
LH E101 51
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front combination lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R Front combination lamp

Continuity
RH E102 62 E93
7 Existed
LH E101 51 E91
YES >> Perform the LED headlamp diagnosis. Refer to EXL-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EXL-116
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (LO) is turned ON. C
Lo : Headlamp (LO) ON
Off : Headlamp (LO) OFF D
YES >> Headlamp (LO) circuit is normal.
E
F
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) OUTPUT VOLTAGE
With CONSULT
4. Select “HEADLAMP (LO)” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. H
+
I
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V J
RH E101 54
HEADLAMP Off 0–1V
Ground
(LO) On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 58 K
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2. EXL
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
N
Continuity
O
RH E101 54 E93
1 Existed
LH E102 58 E91
YES >> Perform the LED headlamp diagnosis. Refer to EXL-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EXL-117
LED HEADLAMP
LED HEADLAMP
1.CHECK LED HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT

3. Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground.
Front combination lamp

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E93
2 Ground Existed
LH E91
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LED HEADLAMP
Install the normal front combination lamp to the applicable headlamp. Check that the headlamp is turned ON.
Refer to EXL-73, "Work Procedure".
Is the headlamp turned ON?
YES >> Replace front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> LED headlamp is normal.
EXL-118
HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP LEVELIZER OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. Turn lighting switch 2ND. C
3. Select “OPTIC AXIS ACTIVE TEST” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
4. With operating the test item, check light axis operation.
D
Test item Light axis operation
Moves the light axis to the initial po-
Default
sition. E
OPTIC AXIS ACTIVE TEST
Moves the light axis to the lowest
Lower
position.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Headlamp levelizer circuit is normal.
G
1.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR FUSE H

2. Check that the following fuses are not fusing.
I
Unit Location Fuse No. Capacity
Headlamp aim-
IPDM E/R #67 10 A
ing motor J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown. K
2.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect headlamp aiming motor connector. EXL
3. Check voltage between headlamp aiming motor harness connector and ground.
M
+
Headlamp aiming motor - Voltage
Connector Terminal N
RH E99
3 Ground 9 – 16 V
LH E98
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
3.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connectors.
3. Check continuity between headlamp aiming motor harness connector and IPDM E/R connector.
EXL-119
Headlamp aiming motor IPDM E/R

Continuity
RH E99
3 E102 63 Existed
LH E98
4.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between headlamp aiming motor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Headlamp aiming motor IPDM E/R

Continuity
RH E99
1 E101 55 Existed
LH E98
YES >> Replace headlamp aiming motor. Refer to EXL-162, "Disassembly and Assembly".
EXL-120
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK PARKING LAMP OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the parking lamp is turned ON. C
On : Parking lamp ON
Off : Parking lamp OFF D
YES >> Parking lamp circuit is normal.
E
F
1.CHECK PARKING LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE
With CONSULT
4. Select “PARKING LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. H
+
I
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V J
RH E101 53
Off 0–1V
Ground PARKING LAMP
On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 64 K
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2. EXL
2.CHECK PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
N
Continuity
O
RH E101 53 E93
5 Existed
LH E102 64 E91
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PARKING LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground.
EXL-121

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E93
6 Ground Existed
LH E91
YES >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation".
EXL-122
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the tail lamp is turned ON. C
On : Tail Lamp ON
Off : Tail lamp OFF D
YES >> Tail lamp circuit is normal.
E
F
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE
With CONSULT
- Stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side) H
- Tail lamp RH (back door side)
4. Select “TAIL LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. I
+ J
Connector Terminal
K
On 9 – 16 V
RH 17
Off 0–1V
E37 Ground TAIL LAMP
On 9 – 16 V EXL
LH 4
Off 0–1V
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TAIL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and each tail lamp harness connector. O
Body side
IPDM E/R Stop lamp / tail lamp (body side)

Continuity P
RH 17 B79
E37 3 Existed
LH 4 B22
EXL-123
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
Back door side
IPDM E/R Tail lamp (back door side)

Continuity
RH 17 D85
E37 1 Existed
LH 4 B29
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each tail lamp harness connector and ground.
Body side
Stop lamp / tail lamp (body side)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH B79
2 Ground Existed
LH B22
Back door side
Tail lamp (back door side)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal Terminal
RH D85
2 Ground Existed
LH B29
YES >> Replace the corresponding rear combination lamp. Refer to EXL-174, "Removal and Installation".
EXL-124
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH OPERATION B

Check that tail lamp LH is turned ON when lighting switch is turned 1ST.
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check tail lamp circuit. Refer to EXL-123, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP OPERATION D
With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the license plate lamp is turned ON. E
On : License plate lamp ON

Off : License plate lamp OFF F
YES >> License plate lamp circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to EXL-125, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
1.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and license plate lamp connector.
I
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and license plate lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R License plate lamp

Continuity J
RH D97
E37 4 1 Existed
LH D96 K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. EXL
2.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between license plate lamp harness connector and ground. M
License plate lamp

— Continuity
RH D97
2 Ground Existed
LH D96
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. P
3.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB
Check the applicable license plate lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding license plate lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding license plate lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-178, "Replacement".
EXL-125
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT CIRCUIT
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the daytime running light is turned ON.
On : Daytime running light ON

Off : Daytime running light OFF
YES >> Daytime running light circuit is normal.
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OUTPUT VOLTAGE

With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH E101 50
DAYTIME RUN- Off 0–1V
Ground
NING LIGHT On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 57
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Continuity
RH E101 50 E93
4 Existed
LH E102 57 E91
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT GROUND CIRCUIT
EXL-126
Front combination lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E93
6 Ground Existed B
LH E91
YES >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-161, "Removal and Installation". C
EXL
EXL-127
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
1.CHECK STOP LAMP OPERATION

2. With operating the brake pedal, check that the stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp is turned ON.
: Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp

Depressed
ON
Fully re- : Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp
leased OFF
YES >> Stop lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check symptom (A or B)
Symptom
A All of stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp are not turned ON
B Any of stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp are not turned ON
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

• BCM
Fuse block (J/B) #24 10 A
• Stop lamp switch
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY (STOP LAMP)
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
+
BCM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
M68 145 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
EXL-128
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
2. Connect BCM connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
+ B
Stop lamp switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
E50 1 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 5. D
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
F
BCM Stop lamp switch
Continuity
G
YES >> GO TO 6. H
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EXL-131, "Component Inspection". I
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-132, "Removal and Installation".
J
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-17, "Exploded View" (LHD models) or BR-61, "Exploded
View" (RHD models).
7.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE K
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect stop lamp / tail lamp (body side) connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EXL
3. Select “HEAD LAMP” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
4. Select “STOP LAMP 1”, “STOP LAMP 2” or “STOP LAMP 3” in “Active Test” mode.
5. With operating the test items, check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
M
Stop lamp RH
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item N
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
B3 134 Ground STOP LAMP 1 O
Off 0V
Stop lamp LH
+ P
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
B3 129 Ground STOP LAMP 2
Off 0V
EXL-129
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
High-mounted stop lamp
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
Off 0V
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Stop lamp
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 134
B3 Ground Not existed
LH 129
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B4 39 Ground Not existed
9.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and each stop lamp harness connector.
Stop lamp
BCM Stop lamp / tail lamp

Continuity
RH 134 B79
B3 1 Existed
LH 129 B22
BCM High-mounted stop lamp

Continuity
B4 39 B17 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each stop lamp harness connector and ground.
EXL-130
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
Stop lamp
Stop lamp / tail lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH B79
2 Ground Existed B
LH B22
High-mounted stop lamp C

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B17 3 Ground Existed
D
YES-1 >> Stop lamp: Replace the corresponding rear combination lamp. Refer to EXL-174, "Removal and
Installation". E
YES-2 >> High-mounted stop lamp: Replace high-mounted stop lamp. Refer to EXL-177, "Removal and
Installation".
F
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1 G

3. Check continuity of stop lamp switch terminals. H
Stop lamp switch

Condition Continuity I
Terminal
Depressed Existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Fully released Not existed J
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models) or BR-52, EXL
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
2. Check continuity of stop lamp switch terminals.
M
Stop lamp switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Depressed Existed N
1 2 Brake pedal
Fully released Not existed
View" (RHD models).
P
EXL-131
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the front fog lamp is turned ON.
On : Front fog lamp ON

Off : Front fog lamp OFF
YES >> Front fog lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE

With CONSULT
2. Disconnect front fog lamp connector.
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH E101 49
FRONT FOG Off 0–1V
Ground
LAMP On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 59
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front fog lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R Front fog lamp

Continuity
RH E101 49 E95
1 Existed
LH E102 59 E94
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front fog lamp harness connector and ground.
EXL-132
Front fog lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E95
2 Ground Existed B
LH E94
YES >> Replace the corresponding front fog lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-164, "Replacement". C
EXL
EXL-133
REAR FOG LAMP CIRCUIT
1.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT
2. Select “RR FOG LAMP” in “Active Test” mode.
3. With operating the test items, check that the rear fog lamp is turned ON.
On : Rear fog lamp ON

Off : Rear fog lamp OFF
YES >> Rear fog lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE

With CONSULT
2. Disconnect rear fog lamp connector.
6. With operating the test items, check voltage between rear fog lamp harness connector and ground.
LHD models
+
Rear fog lamp - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
B24 1 Ground RR FOG LAMP
Off 0V
RHD models
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
D83 1 Ground RR FOG LAMP
Off 0V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and rear fog lamp harness connector.
LHD models
BCM Rear fog lamp

Continuity
B3 122 B24 1 Existed
EXL-134
RHD models
BCM Rear fog lamp A

Continuity
B3 122 D83 1 Existed
B
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. C
3.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
D
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-132, "Removal and Installation". F
4.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
G
2. Check continuity between rear fog lamp harness connector and ground.
LHD models H
Rear fog lamp
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B24 2 Ground Existed I
LHD models
Rear fog lamp J

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
D83 2 Ground Existed
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
EXL
5.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP BULB
Check rear fog lamp bulb.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Check rear fog lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace rear fog lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-175, "Replacement".
N
EXL-135
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT
1.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION

2. With operating the turn signal switch, check that the turn signal lamp is blinks.
Right : Turn signal lamps RH blink

Left : Turn signal lamps LH blink
Center : Turn signal lamps OFF
YES >> Turn signal lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Symptom
A All of turn signal lamp are not blinks
B Applicable side performs high flasher activation
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK FUSE

BCM Fuse block (J/B) #33 10 A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNAL LAMP)
+
BCM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
M68 144 Ground 9 – 16 V
4.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE
- Front combination lamp
EXL-136
- Door mirror
- Rear turn signal lamp A
4. With operating the turn signal switch, check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Front turn signal lamp B
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
C
Connector Terminal
Right
RH 168
E
PKID0926E
Turn signal Center 0V F

E60 Ground
switch
G
Left
LH 167
H
PKID0926E
Center 0V
I
Side turn signal lamp
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item J
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Right
RH 43 EXL
PKID0926E
Center 0V M
Turn signal
M70 Ground
switch
N
Left
LH 42
O
PKID0926E
Center 0V
P
EXL-137
Rear turn signal lamp
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Right
RH 136
PKID0926E
Turn signal Center 0V

B3 Ground
switch
Left
LH 133
PKID0926E
Center 0V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Front turn signal lamp
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 168
E60 Ground Not existed
LH 167
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 43
M70 Ground Not existed
LH 42
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 136
LH 133
6.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
EXL-138
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and each turn signal lamp harness connector.
Front turn signal lamp A
BCM Front combination lamp
Continuity
B
RH 168 E93
E60 8 Existed
LH 167 E91
Side turn signal lamp (LHD models) C
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
RH 43 D27
M70 13 Existed
LH 42 D3
Side turn signal lamp (RHD models)

E
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
RH 43 D40
M70 13 Existed
LH 42 D16

G
BCM Rear turn signal lamp

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
RH 136 B80
B3 1 Existed
LH 133 B23
YES >> GO TO 7.
J
7.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each turn signal lamp harness connector and ground.
Front turn signal lamp K
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
EXL
RH E93
6 Ground Existed
LH E91
Side turn signal lamp (LHD models) M

Door mirror
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
N
RH D27
14 Ground Existed
LH D3
Side turn signal lamp (RHD models) O

Door mirror
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
RH D40
14 Ground Existed
LH D16
EXL-139

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH B80
2 Ground Existed
LH B23
YES-1 >> Front turn signal lamp or rear turn signal lamp: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Side turn signal lamp: Replace side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-166, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
8.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB
Check the applicable turn signal lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding turn signal lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-162, "Replacement" (front turn
signal lamp) or EXL-175, "Replacement" (rear turn signal lamp).
EXL-140
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
A
1.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR B

1. Clean light & rain sensor detection area of windshield fully.
3. Turn lighting switch AUTO. C
4. With the light & rain sensor illuminating, check the auto light function.
Condition Auto light function D

When illuminating Not operating
Light & rain sensor
When shutting off light Operating
E
YES >> Light & rain sensor is normal.
F
1.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR POWER SUPPLY G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect light & rain sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between light & rain sensor harness connector and ground.
+ I
Light & rain sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
R5 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EXL
2. Remove room lamp relay.
3. Check continuity between room lamp relay harness connector and light & rain sensor harness connector.
M
Room lamp relay Light & rain sensor
Continuity
N
M80 7 R5 1 Existed
YES >> Perform the interior room lamp power supply circuit diagnosis. Refer to INL-55, "Diagnosis Proce- O
dure".
3.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT P
Check continuity between light & rain sensor harness connector and ground.
Light & rain sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
R5 3 Ground Existed
EXL-141
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Connect light & rain sensor connector.
+
Voltage
BCM - Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch
M70 47 Ground
ON
JPMIA0156GB
8.7V
YES >> Replace light & rain sensor. Refer to EXL-171, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
2. Disconnect BCM connector and light & rain sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and light & rain sensor harness connector.
BCM Light & rain sensor

Continuity
M70 47 R5 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M70 47 Ground Not existed
EXL-142
HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
A
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL B

With CONSULT
2. Select “FLASHER” of “BCM” using CONSULT. C
3. Select “HAZARD SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
4. With operating the hazard switch, check the monitor status.
D
Monitor item Condition Monitor status
ON On
HAZARD SW Hazard switch E
OFF Off
YES >> Hazard switch circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL
2. Disconnect hazard switch connector. H
3. Check voltage between hazard switch connector and ground.
+ I
Hazard switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
M39 2 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
EXL
2. Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
M
Hazard switch BCM
Continuity
M39 2 M70 51 Existed N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. O
3.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and ground.
P
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
EXL-143
HAZARD SWITCH
4.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M39 1 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH
Check hazard switch. Refer to EXL-144, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace hazard switch. Refer to EXL-168, "Removal and Installation".

2. Disconnect hazard switch connector.
3. Check continuity of hazard switch terminals.
Hazard switch
Terminal
ON Existed
1 2 Hazard switch
OFF Not existed
EXL-144
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [LED HEADLAMP]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010338834
B
NOTE:
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if any
DTC is detected. C
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item

• Headlamp (HI) power supply cir- D
cuit
• Front combination lamp internal
Headlamp (HI) circuit
circuit
One side Refer to EXL-116, "Component Func- E
Headlamp (HI) is not turned tion Check".
ON - Harness
• IPDM E/R F
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON”
Refer to EXL-149, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
High beam indicator lamp is not turned ON Combination meter
Combination meter
[Headlamp (HI) is turned ON] Data monitor “HI-BEAM IND”
• Headlamp (LO) power supply cir-
H
cuit
Headlamp (LO) circuit
circuit
One side Refer to EXL-117, "Component Func-
- LED [Headlamp (LO)] I
Headlamp (LO) is not tion Check".
turned ON - Harness
• IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
J
Both sides “BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON”
Dipped beam indicator lamp is not turned ON Combination meter K
Combination meter
[Headlamp (LO) is turned ON] Data monitor “DIPPED BEAM IND”
• LED headlamp ground circuit
• Front combination lamp internal LED headlamp EXL
Headlamp (HI) and (LO) is not turned ON circuit Refer to EXL-118, "Diagnosis Proce-
- LED headlamp control module dure".
- Harness
M
• Combination switch input/output
signal circuit Combination switch
• Combination switch Refer to BCS-130, "Symptom Table".
Each lamp is not turned ON/OFF with lighting switch • BCM N
AUTO • Light & rain sensor power supply/
Light & rain sensor
ground/signal circuit
Refer to EXL-141, "Component Func-
• Light & rain sensor
tion Check". O
• BCM
• Parking lamp power supply/
ground circuit
• Front combination lamp internal P
Parking lamp circuit
circuit
Parking lamp is not turned ON Refer to EXL-121, "Component Func-
tion Check".
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
EXL-145
• Tail lamp power supply/ground
circuit
• Rear combination lamp internal Tail lamp circuit
Tail lamp is not turned ON circuit Refer to EXL-123, "Component Func-
- LED (Tail lamp) tion Check".
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
• License plate lamp power supply/
License plate lamp circuit
ground circuit
License plate lamp is not turned ON Refer to EXL-125, "Component Func-
• License plate lamp bulb
tion Check".
• License plate lamp bulb socket
Symptom diagnosis
Parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp are not
“PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON”
turned ON
Position lamp indicator is not turned ON
Combination meter
(Parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp are Combination meter
Data monitor “LIGHT IND”
turned ON)
• Daytime running light power sup-
ply/ground circuit
Daytime running light circuit
circuit
Daytime running light is not turned ON Refer to EXL-126, "Component Func-
tion Check".
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
• Fuse
Indicator lamp is normal
• BCM power supply (turn signal
(All of turn signal lamp is
lamp) circuit
not blinks)
• BCM
• Front turn signal lamp
- Front turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Front turn signal lamp bulb
- Front turn signal lamp bulb socket
- BCM Turn signal lamp circuit
• Side turn signal lamp Refer to EXL-136, "Component Func-
Indicator lamp is normal tion Check".
- Side turn signal lamp power sup-
Turn signal lamp does not (Applicable side per-
ply/ground circuit
blink forms high flasher activa-
- Side turn signal lamp
tion)
- BCM
• Rear turn signal lamp
- Rear turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit
- Rear turn signal lamp bulb
- Rear turn signal lamp bulb socket
- BCM
Indicator lamp is included
• BCM
One side Combination meter —
• Turn indicator signal
Both sides Combination meter
• BCM
Turn signal indicator lamp (Always) Data monitor “TURN IND”
• Combination meter
does not blink
(Turn signal lamp is normal) Both sides Combination meter
• Combination meter power supply/
(Only when activating Power supply and ground circuit
ground circuit
hazard warning lamp Refer to MWI-61, "COMBINATION
with ignition switch OFF) METER : Diagnosis Procedure".
EXL-146
A
• Hazard switch signal/ground cir-
• Hazard warning lamp does not activate Hazard switch
cuit
(Turn signal is normal) Refer to EXL-143, "Component Func-
• Hazard switch
• Hazard warning lamp continues activating tion Check".
• BCM B
• Fuse
• BCM power supply (stop lamp)
All of stop lamp and high- circuit
mounted stop lamp are • Stop lamp switch power supply/
C
not turned ON signal circuit
• BCM D
• Stop lamp
Stop lamp and high-mount- - Stop lamp power supply/ground Stop lamp circuit
ed stop lamp are not turned circuit Refer to EXL-128, "Component Func-
- Rear combination lamp internal E
ON tion Check".
circuit
Any of stop lamp and • LED (Stop lamp)
high-mounted stop lamp • Harness
F
are not turned ON - BCM
• High-mounted stop lamp
- High-mounted stop lamp power
supply/ground circuit G
- High-mounted stop lamp
- BCM
• Front fog lamp power supply/
Front fog lamp circuit H
ground circuit
• Front fog lamp bulb
Front fog lamp is not turned tion Check".
• IPDM E/R
ON
Symptom diagnosis I
Both sides “BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON”
• Combination meter J
Front fog lamp indicator lamp is not turned ON Data monitor “FR FOG IND”
Combination meter
(Front fog lamp is turned ON) • BCM (HEAD LAMP)
Active test “FR FOG LAMP”
K
• Rear fog lamp power supply/
ground circuit Rear fog lamp circuit
Rear fog lamp indicator
• Rear fog lamp bulb Refer to EXL-134, "Component Func-
lamp is normal
• Rear fog lamp bulb socket tion Check". EXL
Rear fog lamp is not turned • BCM
ON
Rear fog lamp indicator signal circuit Combination switch
lamp is included • Combination switch Refer to BCS-130, "Symptom Table".
M
• BCM
• Rear fog lamp status signal N
Rear fog lamp indicator lamp is not turned ON Data monitor “RR FOG IND”
• BCM
(Rear fog lamp is turned ON) • BCM (HEAD LAMP)
Active test “RR FOG LAMP”
• Fuse O
• Headlamp aiming motor power Headlamp levelizer circuit
Headlamp auto aiming does not activate supply/ground circuit Refer to EXL-119, "Component Func-
• Headlamp aiming motor tion Check".
• IPDM E/R P
EXL-147
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
LED HEADLAMP
• LED brightness and color may slightly change until the temperature becomes stable. This is not malfunction.
• Illumination time lag may occur between right and left. This is not malfunction.
• Brightness may be reduced due to aged deterioration of LED.
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM
The headlamp may not be turned ON/OFF immediately after passing dark area or bright area (short tunnel,
sky bridge, shadowed area etc.) while using the auto light system. This causes for the control difference. This
is normal.
HIGH BEAM ASSIST SYSTEM
When driving while using the high beam assist system, the headlamp beam may not switch or the beam
switching timing may vary according to the ambient environment (the condition of the vehicle ahead, the con-
dition of the road, the position of the vehicle, etc.).This is due to control differences and is not a malfunction.
EXL-148
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON
A
Both side headlamps (HI) are not turned ON when setting to the lighting switch HI or PASS. B
1.COMBINATION SWITCH INSPECTION C

Check combination switch. Refer to BCS-130, "Symptom Table".
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HIGH BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
1. Select “HIGH BEAM REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. With operating the lighting switch, check the monitor status. F
Lighting switch HI or PASS On G

HIGH BEAM REQ
(2ND) LO Off
Is the inspection result normal? H
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-132, "Removal and Installation".
I
EXL
EXL-149
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON
Both side headlamps (LO) are not turned ON in any condition.

1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LOW BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Select “LOW BEAM REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. With operating the lighting switch, check the monitor status.

2ND On
LOW BEAM REQ Lighting switch
OFF Off
EXL-150
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON
A
The parking, license plate and tail lamps are not turned ON in any condition. B

Is the combination switch normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POSITION LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
1. Select “POSITION LIGHT REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

1ST On G
POSITION LIGHT REQ Lighting switch
OFF Off
I
EXL
EXL-151
BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON
Both side front fog lamps are not turned ON in any condition.
1.COMBINATION SWITCH INSPECTION

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Select “FRONT FOG LAMP REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. With operating the front fog lamp switch, check the monitor status.
Front fog lamp switch ON On

FRONT FOG LAMP REQ
(With lighting switch 1ST) OFF Off
Is the item status normal?
EXL-152
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [LED HEADLAMP]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
LHD
B
LHD : Description INFOID:0000000010338844
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING C

NOTE:
• For details, refer to the regulations in your own country.
• Perform aiming if the vehicle front body has been repaired and/or the headlamp assembly has been D
replaced.
Before performing aiming adjustment, check the following.
• Adjust the tire pressure to the specification. E
• Fill with fuel, engine coolant and each oil.
• Maintain the unloaded vehicle condition. (Remove luggage from the passenger compartment and the lug-
gage room.)
NOTE: F
Never remove the temporary tire, jack and on-vehicle tool.
• Wipe out dirt on the headlamp.
CAUTION: G
Never use organic solvent (thinner, gasoline etc.).
• Ride alone on the driver seat.
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW H
EXL
M
JMLIA5133ZZ
Headlamp LH (UP/DOWN) Headlamp LH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE) Headlamp RH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE)

adjustment screw adjustment screw adjustment screw N
Headlamp RH (UP/DOWN)
adjustment screw
: Vehicle front O
Adjustment screw Screwdriver rotation Facing direction

Clockwise UP
P
Headlamp LH (UP/DOWN)
Counterclockwise DOWN
Clockwise INSIDE
Headlamp LH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE)
Counterclockwise OUTSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE
Headlamp RH (INSIDE/OUTSIDE)
EXL-153
Clockwise UP
LHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010338845
1. Place the screen.

NOTE:
• Stop the vehicle at the perpendicular angle to the wall.
• Set the screen so that it is perpendicular to a level load surface.
2. Face the vehicle squarely toward the screen and make the distance between the headlamp center and
the screen 10 m (32.8 ft).
3. Start the engine and illuminate the headlamp (LO).
NOTE:
Block light from the headlamp that is not being adjusted with a thick fabric or another object, so that it
does not reach the adjustment screen.
CAUTION:
Never cover lens surface with tape, etc. because it is made from plastic.
4. Use the aiming adjustment screw to adjust the elbow point projected by the low beams on the screen, so
that it is within the aiming adjustment area.
Low beam distribution on the screen
Aiming adjustment area

Elbow point
Headlamp center
H. Horizontal center line of headlamp
V. Vertical center line of headlamp
JSLIA0030ZZ
JSLIA0031ZZ
Vertical center line of headlamp H. Horizontal center line of headlamp L. Distance from headlamp center to screen
X. Aiming adjustment area Y. Aiming adjustment area
(Lateral) (Vertical)
Distance from headlamp center to screen (L) : 10 m (32.8 ft)
EXL-154
Unit: mm (in)
Aiming adjustment area A
Vertical direction (Y) Lateral direction (X)
(Lower side from headlamp center height) (Right side from headlamp center line)
Highest light axis 100 (3.94) B
Target light axis 100 (3.94) 0 - 100 (3.94)
Lowest light axis 130 (5.12)
C
RHD
RHD : Description INFOID:0000000010338846
D
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING

NOTE:
E
• Perform aiming if the vehicle front body has been repaired and/or the headlamp assembly has been
replaced.
F
• Adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
• Maintain the unloaded vehicle condition. (Remove luggage from the passenger compartment and the lug- G
gage room.)
NOTE:
Never remove the temporary tire, jack and on-vehicle tool. H
CAUTION:
• Ride alone on the driver seat. I
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW

J
EXL
JMLIA5133ZZ
O
adjustment screw adjustment screw adjustment screw
adjustment screw P
: Vehicle front

Clockwise UP
EXL-155
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise UP
RHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010338847

NOTE:
NOTE:
CAUTION:

Elbow point
Headlamp center
JSLIA0028ZZ
JSLIA0029ZZ
EXL-156
Distance from headlamp center to screen (L) : 10 m (32.8 ft) A

Unit: mm (in)
Vertical direction (Y) Lateral direction (X) B
(Lower side from headlamp center height) (Left side from headlamp center line)
Highest light axis 100 (3.94)
C
EXL
EXL-157
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT

NOTE:
For details, refer to the regulations in your own country.
gage room.)
NOTE:
CAUTION:
• Turn the aiming adjusting screw for adjustment.
: DOWN
: UP
• For the position and direction of the adjusting screw, refer to the
figure.
NOTE:
A screwdriver or hexagonal wrench [6 mm (0.24 in)] can be used
for adjustment.
JMLIA5135ZZ
: Vehicle front
Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010338849

NOTE:
• Stop the vehicle facing the wall.
• Place the board on a plain road vertically.
2. Face the vehicle with the screen. Maintain 10 m (32.8 ft) between the front fog lamp center and the
screen.
3. Start the engine. Turn the front fog lamp ON.
NOTE:
Shut off the headlamp light with the board to prevent from illuminating the adjustment screen.
CAUTION:
Never cover the lens surface with a tape etc. The lens is made of resin.
4. Adjust the cutoff line height with the aiming adjustment screw so that the distance (X) between the hor-
izontal center line of front fog lamp (H) and becomes 150 mm (5.90 in).
EXL-158
Front fog lamp light distribution on the screen
A
: Cutoff line
: High illuminance area
B
H : Horizontal center line of front fog lamp
V : Vertical center line of front fog lamp
X : Cutoff line height
C
JPLIA0008ZZ
EXL
EXL-159
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [LED HEADLAMP]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Exploded View INFOID:0000000010338850
REMOVAL
JMLIA5090GB
Front combination lamp Front fender panel Radiator core support upper LH
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
DISASSEMBLY
EXL-160
JMLIA5092ZZ
K
Front turn signal lamp bulb Front turn signal lamp bulb socket Front combination lamp bracket
Front combination lamp housing
EXL
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010338851 M
CAUTION:
Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation N
for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-8, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal".
REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-19, "Removal and Installation". O
2. Remove front combination lamp assembly mounting bolts.
3. Pull out front combination lamp assembly forward the vehicle.
4. Disconnect front combination lamp assembly harness connectors. P
5. Remove front combination lamp assembly.
INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to the following:
• LHD MODELS: Refer to EXL-153, "LHD : Description".
EXL-161
• RHD MODELS: Refer to EXL-155, "RHD : Description".
Replacement INFOID:0000000010431361
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the opera-
tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-8, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal".
• After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely for watertightness.
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it.
• Never touch bulb by hand while it is lit or right after being turned OFF.
• Never leave bulb out of lamp reflector for a long time because dust, moisture smoke, etc. may affect
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one.
HEADLAMP BULB (HI)
CAUTION:
Replacement of a single part is not possible due to the adoption of LED bulb. for replacement, replace
front combination lamp as a set.
HEADLAMP BULB (LO)
CAUTION:
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT/ PARKING LAMP BULB
CAUTION:
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB
LH side
1. Remove air duct. Refer to the following.
• HRA2DDT: Refer to EM-23, "Removal and Installation".
• MR20DD: Refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installation".
• K9K: Refer to EM-279, "Removal and Installation".
• R9M: Refer to EM-380, "Removal and Installation".
2. Rotate front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
3. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb socket from front combination lamp housing.
4. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from turn signal lamp bulb socket.
RH side
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000010338853
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove front combination lamp bracket mounting screws, and then remove front combination lamp
bracket from front combination lamp housing.
2. Disconnect front combination lamp harness connectors.
5. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from front turn signal lamp bulb socket.
ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
• After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely watertightness.
• After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to following.
- LHD models: Refer to EXL-154, "LHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure".
EXL-162
- RHD models: Refer to EXL-156, "RHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure".
A
EXL
EXL-163
FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP
JMLIA5093GB
Front bumper fascia Front bumper finisher Front fog lamp

Front fog lamp bulb
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010338859
CAUTION:
Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation
REMOVAL
1. Remove front fender protector to make work space. Refer to EXT-32, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect front fog lamp harness connector.
3. Remove front fog lamp fixing bolt, and then remove front fog lamp.
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to EXL-158, "Aiming Adjustment Procedure"
CAUTION:
EXL-164
FRONT FOG LAMP
tion for preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-8, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". A
B
FRONT FOG LAMP BULB
1. Remove fender protector to make work space. Refer to EXT-32, "Removal and Installation". C
2. Disconnect front fog lamp harness connector .
3. Rotate front fog lamp bulb counterclockwise and unlock it.
D
F
JPLIA0345ZZ
EXL
EXL-165
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP
Refer to MIR-31, "Exploded View".

REMOVAL
1. Remove door mirror cover. Refer to MIR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove side turn signal lamp fixing screws.
3. Remove seal packing and disconnect side turn signal lamp
harness connector , and then remove side turn signal lamp
from door mirror housing.
JMLIA4978ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Replacement of a single part is not possible due to the adoption of LED bulb. For replacement, replace
side turn signal lamp as a set.
1. Remove side turn signal lamp. Refer to MIR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Replace side turn signal lamp with new part.
EXL-166
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
A
REMOVAL B
Remove light & turn signal switch (combination switch). Refer to BCS-133, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. C
EXL
EXL-167
HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
JMLIA5094ZZ
Center ventilator grille Hazard switch

: Pawl
REMOVAL
1. Remove center ventilator grille. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove hazard switch from center ventilator grille.
INSTALLATION
EXL-168
HEIGHT SENSOR
HEIGHT SENSOR
A
2WD B
EXL
JMLIA5096GB
M
Height sensor
: Vehicle front
N
4WD O
EXL-169
HEIGHT SENSOR
JMLIA5097GB
Height sensor
: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect height sensor harness connector.
2. Remove height sensor assembly mounting bolts.
3. Remove height sensor assembly.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform ″SENSOR INITIALIZE″ when removing the height sensor. Refer to EXL-74,
"Description"
EXL-170
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
A
Refer to WW-92, "Exploded View". B

REMOVAL C
Remove light & rain sensor. Refer to WW-92, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
D
EXL
EXL-171
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
REMOVAL
Body Side
JMLIA5098GB
Grommet A Grommet B Rear combination lamp

: Clip
: Clip
Back Door Side
EXL-172
JMLIA5099GB
K
Back door panel Rear combination lamp Grommet

EXL
DISASSEMBLY M
EXL-173
JMLIA5407ZZ
Rear combination lamp housing Rear fog lamp bulb

Seal packing
(back door side) (driver side only)
Rear fog lamp bulb socket
Back-up lamp bulb Back-up lamp bulb socket
(driver side only)
Rear combination lamp housing
Rear turn signal lamp bulb socket Rear turn signal lamp bulb
(body side)
: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly
CAUTION:
• When removing, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.
REMOVAL
Rear Combination Lamp (body side)
1. Fully open trunk lid.
2. Remove rear combination lamp mounting bolts .
JMLIA5137ZZ
EXL-174
3. Pull rear combination lamp toward vehicle rear to disengage fix-
ing clips. A
: Clip
B
JMLIA5138ZZ
D
4. Disconnect rear combination lamp harness connectors, and then remove rear combination lamp from
body panel.
Rear Combination Lamp (back door side) E
1. Remove back door inner finisher. Refer to INT-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove back door finisher. Refer to EXT-45, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove rear combination lamp mounting nuts and discon- F
nect rear combination lamp harness connectors.
JMLIA5139ZZ
I
4. Pull rear combination lamp toward vehicle rear to remove rear combination lamp from back door.
INSTALLATION J
CAUTION:
Always replace seal packing with new part after every removal. K
CAUTION: EXL
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it. M
N
REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB
1. Remove rear combination lamp (body side). Refer to EXL-174, "Removal and Installation".
2. Rotate rear turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and then remove rear turn signal lamp bulb O
socket.
3. Remove rear turn signal lamp bulb from rear turn signal lamp bulb socket.
STOP/TAIL LAMP P
CAUTION:
rear combination lamp assembly as a set.
REAR FOG LAMP (DRIVER SIDE ONLY)
1. Remove rear combination lamp (back door side). Refer to EXL-174, "Removal and Installation".
2. Rotate rear fog lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and then remove rear fog lamp bulb socket.
EXL-175
3. Remove rear fog lamp bulb from rear fog lamp bulb socket.
BACK-UP LAMP
2. Rotate back-up lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and then remove back-up lamp bulb socket.
3. Remove back-up lamp bulb from back-up lamp bulb socket.
EXL-176
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
A
G
JMLIA5102ZZ
Rear spoiler High-mounted stop lamp unit

H
: Metal clip

I
CAUTION:
Disconnect battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the operation for
preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-8, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". J
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear spoiler. Refer to EXT-46, "Removal and Installation".
K
2. Disengage high-mounted stop lamp fixing metal clips using a remover tool (A), and then remove high-
mounted stop lamp unit.
EXL
N
JMLIA5136ZZ
: Metal clip O
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. P
CAUTION:
high-mounted stop lamp unit as a set.
EXL-177
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
JMLIA5101ZZ
Back door panel Back door finisher License plate lamp housing
License plate lamp bulb License plate lamp bulb socket
: Pawl
CAUTION:
preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-8, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal".
REMOVAL
2. Disconnect license plate lamp harness connector.
3. Disengage license plate lamp housing fixing pawl, and then remove license plate lamp housing.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
EXL-178
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one. A
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB
B
2. Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
3. Remove the bulb from the socket.
C
EXL
EXL-179
REAR REFLEX REFLECTOR
JMLIA5103ZZ
Rear reflex reflector Rear bumper fascia assembly
: Pawl
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-23, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear reflex reflector mounting bolt and pawls, and then remove rear reflex reflector.
INSTALLATION
EXL-180
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [LED HEADLAMP]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Bulb Specifications INFOID:0000000010338886
B
Item Type Wattage (W)

C
Headlamp (HI) —
Headlamp (LO) —
LED
Front combination lamp Parking lamp D
—
Front turn signal lamp WY21 21
Front fog lamp H8 35 E
Tail lamp LED —
Rear combination lamp F
Stop lamp LED —
(body side)
Rear turn signal lamp PY21W 21
Tail lamp LED — G
(trunk lid side)
H
EXL
EXL-181
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010503410
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010503412
• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
EXL-182
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door. A
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.
B
D4D engine : 20 minutes
HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes C
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes D
CAUTION:
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function. E
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC. F
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE: G
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood. H
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION: I
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal. J
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
K
EXL
EXL-183
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications INFOID:0000000010437575
Exterior Lamp Appearance
JMLIA5116ZZ
Side turn signal lamp Headlamp (LO) Headlamp (HI)

Front turn signal lamp Parking lamp/daytime running light Front fog lamp
Tail lamp Rear turn signal lamp Stop lamp
Back-up lamp Rear fog lamp (driver side only) Rear reflex reflector
License plate lamp High-mounted stop lamp
Bulb Specifications
EXL-184
COMPONENT PARTS
Item Type Wattage (W) A

Headlamp (Hi) H11 55
Headlamp (LO) H7 55
B
LED —
Front turn signal lamp W21W 21
C
Tail lamp LED — D
Stop lamp LED —
(body side)
Rear turn signal lamp WY21W 21
E
Tail lamp LED —
(trunk lid side)
F
G
EXL
EXL-185
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010469880
JMLIA5243ZZ
Front combination lamp (back) Brake pedal
Light & rain sensor*1 Refer to EXL-188, "Light & Rain Sensor".
• When the air bag operates, a request is transmitted to BCM (CAN communica-
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit tion) to blinks the hazard lamp.
• Refer to SRC-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Hazard switch Refer to EXL-189, "Hazard Switch".
• When the Forward Emergency Braking operates, a request is transmitted to
BCM (CAN communication) to turn ON the stop lamp.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Refer to BRC-148, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
EXL-186
COMPONENT PARTS
A
• ECM transmits engine status signal and Stop/Start status signal (with Stop/Start
system) to BCM via CAN communication.
• Refer to ECH-12, "Component Parts Location" (HRA2DDT), ECM-14, "EN-
ECM
GINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (MR20DD), ECK-12, B
"Component Parts Location" (K9K) or EC9-12, "Component Parts Location"
(R9M) for detailed installation location.
Parking lamp/Day-
Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications". C
time running light*2
Front turn signal
lamp
D
Headlamp (HI)
(Halogen headlamp)
Headlamp (LO)
Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications". E
(Halogen headlamp)
Front fog lamp*3 Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
• Controls the integrated smart FET, and supplies voltage to the load according F
IPDM E/R to the request from BCM via CAN communication.
• Refer to PCS-5, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
• Turns the indicator lamp and warning (information display/buzzer) ON/OFF ac-
G
cording to the request from BCM via CAN communication.
Combination meter • Blinks the turn signal indicator lamp and outputs the turn signal operating sound
with integrated buzzer according to the request from BCM via CAN communi-
cation. H
Refer to BCS-13, "COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM : System De-
Combination switch
scription".
• Detects each switch condition by the combination switch reading function. I
• Exterior lamp ON/OFF is judged from each signal, and then a request is trans-
mitted to IPDM E/R (CAN communication) to turn each smart FET ON/OFF.
• It also transmits a request to the combination meter (CAN communication) to
turn indicator lamp and warning (information display/buzzer) ON/OFF. J
• Blinks the turn signal lamp and hazard warning lamp according to the each
switch condition.
BCM • Requests the turn signal indicator lamp blink to the combination meter via CAN
communication. K
• Requests the turn signal operating sound ON to the combination meter via CAN
communication.
• Judges the vehicle status from each signal, and illuminates the stop lamp and EXL
high-mounted stop lamp.
• Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for
detailed installation location.
Headlamp aiming switch Refer to EXL-189, "Headlamp Aiming Switch". M
Side turn signal lamp Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Refer to DLK-30, "Component Description" (TYPE 1), DLK-204, N
3), DLK-511, "Component Description" (TYPE 4), DLK-653,
Door switch "Component Description" (TYPE 5) or DLK-835, "Component Description"
(TYPE 6). O
NOTE:
Refer to DLK-30, "Component Description" (TYPE 1), DLK-204, P
"Component Description" (TYPE 2) or DLK-653, "Component Description"
Door request switch*4 (TYPE 5).
NOTE:
High-mounted stop lamp Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
EXL-187
COMPONENT PARTS
Rear combination
lamp (back door Rear fog lamp*5 Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
side) (Driver side only)
License plate lamp Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
3), DLK-511, "Component Description" (TYPE 4), DLK-653,
Back door opener switch "Component Description" (TYPE 5) or DLK-835, "Component Description"
(TYPE 6).
NOTE:
Rear combination Tail lamp Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
lamp (back door
side) Back-up lamp Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Rear turn signal

lamp
Rear combination
lamp (body side) Stop lamp/Tail lamp Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Tail lamp Refer to EXL-184, "Exterior Lamp Appearance and Bulb Specifications".
Front combination Headlamp aiming
Refer to EXL-188, "FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor".
lamp motor
Stop lamp switch Refer to EXL-189, "Stop Lamp Switch".
*1: With auto light system

*2: With daytime running light system
*3: With front fog lamp
*4: With Intelligent Key system
*5: With rear fog lamp
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor INFOID:0000000010469883
• Headlamp aiming motor is integrated in the front combination

lamp.
• Headlamp aiming motor adjusts the headlamp light axis upward
and downward according to input drive signal from headlamp aim-
ing switch.
JMLIA3311ZZ
Light & Rain Sensor INFOID:0000000010469886
• The light & rain sensor detects the outside ambient light level, for-
ward light level and sensor conditions.
• Based on ambient light level (day/night detection), forward light
level (tunnel detection) and sensor conditions it judges ON/OFF
condition for exterior lamps.
• And it transmits exterior lamp ON/OFF request to the BCM by the
light & rain sensor serial link.
• BCM controls each function depending on the signals. And it
detects the light & rain sensor serial link error and the light & rain
sensor malfunction.
JSLIA0093ZZ
EXL-188
COMPONENT PARTS
Headlamp Aiming Switch INFOID:0000000010470121
A
Adjusts height of headlamp aiming.
JMLIA3328ZZ
F
Hazard Switch INFOID:0000000010469887
Inputs the hazard switch ON/OFF signal to BCM. G
JMLIA5226GB J
Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010469888
• Stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. K

• BCM detects the brake pedal status from the ON/OFF signal that is
input from the switch.
EXL
Brake pedal Stop lamp switch
Released OFF
M
Depressed ON
JSBIA0308ZZ
N
EXL-189
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
HEADLAMP SYSTEM
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010469889
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5241GB
OUTLINE
Headlamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and headlamp control function of BCM, and
smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION
• BCM transmits the low beam request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter with CAN communica-
tion according to the headlamp (LO) ON condition.
Headlamp (LO) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
ply to headlamp (LO).
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION
• BCM transmits the high beam request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter with CAN communica-
tion according to the headlamp (HI) ON condition.
Headlamp (HI) ON condition (When any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch HI with the lighting switch 2ND
- Lighting switch HI with the lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is
ON. For details, refer to EXL-192, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated headlamp high smart FET ON according to high beam request signal and
supplies power supply to headlamp (HI).
• Combination meter turns the high beam indicator lamp ON according to the high beam request signal.
When the driver is moving to the house entrance from the own vehicle, headlamp is kept still ON by the follow
me home function of BCM.
transmits the low beam request signal for a period of time to IPDM E/R and the combination meter through
CAN communication.
EXL-190
SYSTEM
- Ignition switch OFF A
ply to headlamp (LO).
• Combination meter turns the dipped beam indicator lamp ON according to the low beam request signal. B
tion is operating.
C
- Follow me home operating time is expired D
NOTE:
operation of follow me home function. E
F
HEADLAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010469890
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC G


H
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) LH power
B20CE HL (HI) LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions are
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) RH pow-
I
B20CF HL (HI) RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO er supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions are
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) LH pow- J
B20D0 HL (LO) LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO er supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON conditions
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) RH pow- K
B20D1 HL (LO) RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO er supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON conditions
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL EXL

If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM M

• Turns ON the headlamp (LO) when the ignition switch is turned ON. N
Headlamp • Turns OFF the headlamp (LO) when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Headlamp (HI): OFF
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM O
EXL-191
SYSTEM
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010469891
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5228GB
OUTLINE
• Auto light system is controlled by each function of BCM and IPDM E/R.
Control by BCM
- Combination switch reading function
- Fog override function
Control by IPDM E/R
• Auto light system has the auto light function and fog override.
- Auto light function automatically turns ON/OFF the exterior lamps*, depending on the outside brightness.
- Fog override function turns ON the exterior lamps regardless of outside brightness, when front fog lamp
switch is turned from OFF to ON or rear fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON while ignition switch is in
ON position and lighting switch is in AUTO position.
NOTE:
• Headlamp (HI) depend on the combination switch condition.
• Front fog lamp depend on the front fog lamp switch condition (only when the fog override function setting is
OFF). (without rear fog lamp)
• Front fog lamp does not turn ON automatically, but automatically turns OFF (only when the fog override
function setting is OFF). (with rear fog lamp)
• Rear fog lamp does not turn ON automatically, but automatically turns OFF (only when the fog override func-
tion setting is OFF).
AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION
• BCM detects the engine condition by the engine status signal received from ECM via CAN communication.
• BCM receives exterior lamp ON/OFF requests from the light & rain sensor by light & rain sensor serial link.
• BCM judges the ON/OFF status of the exterior lamp according to ON/OFF requests from light & rain sensor
and the vehicle condition.
• BCM transmits each request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to ON/OFF condition by
the auto light function.
NOTE:
ON/OFF timing differs based on the sensitivity from the setting. The setting can be set by CONSULT. Refer to
EXL-203, "HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)".
FOG OVERRIDE FUNCTION
When front fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON or rear fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON while
ignition switch is in ON position and lighting switch is in AUTO position, BCM turns ON exterior lamps* regard-
less of outside brightness.
EXL-192
SYSTEM
NOTE:
• Headlamp (HI) depend on the combination switch condition. A
• Front fog lamp and rear fog lamp does not turn ON automatically (depend on the each fog lamp switch oper-
ation).
• ON/OFF of fog override function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to INL-15, "INT LAMP : CONSULT
B
Function (BCM - INT LAMP)".
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010469894 C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
H
JMLIA5230GB
OUTLINE
I
Daytime running light is controlled by daytime running light control function and combination switch reading
function of BCM, and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION J
• BCM detects vehicle condition depending on the engine status signal and Stop/Start status signal* (received
from ECM via CAN communication).
• BCM transmits the daytime running light request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication according to K
the daytime running light ON condition.
Daytime running light ON condition EXL
- Engine running and any following conditions are satisfied.
• Lighting switch OFF
• Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is OFF. For details, refer to
EXL-192, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".) M
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated smart FET ON, and turns the daytime running light ON according to the day-
time running light request signal.
NOTE: N
When the engine is stopped by the Stop/Start system, the operation of daytime running light system is not can-
celed.*
*: With Stop/Start system
O
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010469895
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC P

EXL-193
SYSTEM

[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light RH
B1231 DTRL RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO power supply circuit until the daytime running light ON
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light LH
B20CB DTRL LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO power supply circuit until the daytime running light ON


Daytime running light Daytime running light: OFF
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL)

HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL (MANUAL) : System Description INFOID:0000000010470149
The headlamp levelizer adjusts the headlamp light axis upward and downward with the aiming motor inte-
grated in the front combination lamp.
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000010469898
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5232GB
OUTLINE
Turn signal lamp and hazard warning lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the flasher
control function of BCM.
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION
• BCM supplies voltage to the right (left) turn signal lamp circuit when the ignition switch is ON and the turn
signal switch is in the right (left) position. BCM blinks the turn signal lamp.
HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION
BCM supplies voltage to both turn signal lamp circuits when the hazard switch is ON. BCM blinks the hazard
warning lamp.
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL OPERATION
EXL-194
SYSTEM
• BCM transmits the turn indicator signal to the combination meter using CAN communication while the turn
signal lamp and the hazard warning lamp are operating. A
• Combination meter outputs the turn signal sound with the integrated buzzer while blinking the turn signal
indicator lamp according to the turn indicator signal.
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION B
• By a short touch of the turn signal lever, BCM blinks the turn signal lamps 3 times in the selected direction.
• Cancels the operation when short touch of the turn signal lever in the reverse direction during the 3-time
flasher function operation. C
NOTE:
ON/OFF of 3-time flasher function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to EXL-205, "FLASHER : CON-
SULT Function (BCM - FLASHER) (Halogen Headlamp)".
D
HIGH FLASHER OPERATION
• BCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status from the current value.
• BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn sig-
E
nal lamp operating.
NOTE:
The blinking speed is normal while operating the hazard warning lamp.
F
AUTO HAZARD FUNCTION
• Air bag diagnosis sensor unit transmits car crash information signal to BCM via CAN communication, when
air bag diagnosis sensor unit detects strong impact to the vehicle body while ignition switch is ON.
• When car crash information signal received from air bag diagnosis sensor unit is detected, BCM supplies G
voltage to each turn signal lamp system and hazard lamp blinks.
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM
H
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM : System Description
INFOID:0000000010469899
I
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EXL
JMLIA5233GB
OUTLINE O
Parking, license plate and tail lamps are controlled by combination switch reading function and parking,
license plate and tail lamps control function of BCM, and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION P
• BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the parking, license plate and tail lamps ON condition.
Parking, license plate and tail lamps ON condition (when any of the following conditions are satisfied)
- Lighting switch 1ST
EXL-195
SYSTEM
NOTE:
Parking lamp and daytime running light use a common light source. When the parking, license plate and tail
lamps are turned ON while daytime running light is ON, the parking lamp/daytime running light is dimmed.
When the driver is moving to the house entrance from the own vehicle, parking, license plate and tail lamps
are kept still ON by the follow me home function of BCM.
transmits the position light request signal for a period of time to IPDM E/R and the combination meter
through CAN communication.
tion is operating.
NOTE:
SIGNATURE LIGHT FUNCTION
Description
The signature light function is a function that turns ON the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and tail lamp for a
set period of time when the doors are locked or unlocked from outside the vehicle.
Operation Description
BCM transmits the position light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communica-
tion according to the signature light function ON condition.
Signature light function ON condition (Operation when doors are unlocked)
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, the signature light function operates when door unlock
operation is performed from outside the vehicle (Intelligent Key, door request switch, back door opener
switch).
- Door lock status: All door lock
- Door lock status: All door lock (This only occurs when door lock operation is performed using the door lock
and unlock switch, etc. When door lock operation is performed with the Intelligent Key or door request
switch, the system changes to operation when doors are locked.)
- Since signature light function ON, 30 seconds are passed.
Signature light function ON condition (Operation when doors are locked)
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, the signature light function operates when door lock oper-
ation is performed from outside the vehicle (Intelligent Key or door request switch).
EXL-196
SYSTEM
- Door open/close status: All door close A
B
- Door open/close status: Any door open
- Door lock status: Any door unlock or all door unlock (This only occurs when door unlock operation is per-
formed using the door lock and unlock switch etc. When door unlock operation is performed with the Intelli-
gent Key, door request switch or back door opener switch, the system changes to operation when doors are C
unlocked.)
NOTE: D
ON/OFF of signature light function can be changed using CONSULT. Refer to DLK-47, "DOOR LOCK : CON-
SULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 1)", DLK-221, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR
LOCK) (Type 2)", DLK-394, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 3)", DLK-518,
"DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 4)", DLK-671, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT E
Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 5)" or DLK-842, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR
LOCK) (Type 6)". Regarding to the vehicle type, refer to DLK-24, "Information".
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010469900
F

IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected. G

[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the parking lamp (LH/RH) H
B20D2 PARKING LAMP PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO power supply circuit until the parking lamp, license plate
GRND] lamp, and tail lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
Shuts off the power supply to the following power supply I
circuits until the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and tail
[CIRC lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
B20D4 TAIL LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO • Tail lamp LH (body side)
GRND] • Tail lamp LH (back door side) J
Shuts off the power supply to the following power supply K
[CIRC circuits until the parking lamp, license plate lamp, and tail
B20D5 TAIL LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied.
GRND] • Tail lamp RH (body side)
• Tail lamp RH (back door side) EXL

When CAN communication with BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communi- M
N
• Turns ON the tail lamp, parking lamp and license plate lamp when the ignition switch is turned
• Parking lamp
ON. O
• License plate lamp
• Turns OFF the tail lamp, parking lamp and license plate lamp when the ignition switch is turned
• Tail lamp
OFF.
STOP LAMP SYSTEM P
EXL-197
SYSTEM
STOP LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010469901
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5234GB
OUTLINE
Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and the stop lamp
and high-mounted stop lamp control function of BCM, and forward emergency braking function of ABS actua-
tor and electric unit (control unit).
STOP LAMP AND HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP OPERATION
• BCM detects the brake pedal position status from stop lamp switch.
• BCM supplies voltage to stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp according to the stop lamp and high-
mounted stop lamp ON condition.
Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp ON condition
- Brake pedal is depressed
FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING FUNCTION
• When the Forward Emergency Braking operates, the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits
the stop lamp request signal to BCM via CAN communication. (For details about the Forward Emergency
Braking, refer to BRC-150, "System Description".)
• When BCM receives the stop lamp request signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), it
supplies power to the stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp systems, turning ON the stop lamp and high-
mounted stop lamp.
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010469902
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5239GB
EXL-198
SYSTEM
OUTLINE
Front fog lamp is controlled by combination switch reading function and front fog lamp control function of BCM, A
and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION
• BCM detects the combination switch condition by the combination switch reading function. B
• BCM transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R and the combination meter via CAN communi-
cation according to the front fog lamp ON condition.
C
Front fog lamp ON condition (when any of the following conditions are satisfied) (without rear fog lamp)
- Lighting switch 1ST with the front fog lamp switch ON
- Lighting switch 2ND with the front fog lamp switch ON
- Lighting switch AUTO with the front fog lamp switch ON (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light D
system is ON. For details, refer to EXL-192, "AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM : System Description".)
Front fog lamp ON condition (with rear fog lamp)
- Front fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON, and any of the following conditions are satisfied. E
• Lighting switch AUTO (Only when the illumination judgment by auto light system is ON. For details, refer to F
• IPDM E/R turns the integrated smart FET ON, and turns the front fog lamp ON according to the front fog light
request signal.
• Combination meter turns the front fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the front fog light request signal. G
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010469903
H
I
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp LH power
B121A FR FOG LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions are no
J
[CIRC Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp RH power
B1256 FR FOG LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC SHORT TO supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions are no
GRND] longer satisfied. K

When CAN communication with BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communi- EXL
M
Front fog lamp Front fog lamp: OFF
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM N
EXL-199
SYSTEM
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010469904
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA3188GB
OUTLINE
Rear fog lamp is controlled with the combination switch reading function and the rear fog lamp control function
of BCM.
REAR FOG LAMP OPERATION
• BCM detects the condition of the combination switch by the combination switch reading function.
• BCM supplies voltage to rear fog lamp according to the rear fog lamp ON condition.
Rear fog lamp ON condition
- Rear fog lamp switch is turned from OFF to ON, and any of the following conditions are satisfied.
• BCM transmits the rear fog lamp status signal to the combination meter using CAN communication.
• Combination meter turns the rear fog lamp indicator lamp ON according to the rear fog lamp status signal.
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010469905
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMLIA5240GB
OUTLINE
• Exterior lamp battery saver system is controlled by combination switch reading function and exterior lamp
battery saver function of BCM, and smart FET control function of IPDM E/R.
EXL-200
SYSTEM
• BCM turns the exterior lamp* OFF, according to the vehicle status when ignition switch is turned OFF while
exterior lamp is ON, for preventing battery discharge. A
*: Headlamp (LO/HI), front fog lamp, rear fog lamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION
• BCM turns the exterior lamps OFF (battery saver is activated) when all of the following conditions are satis- B
fied.
- Exterior lamp: ON
- Engine status: Running→Stop (ignition switch is turned OFF) C
- Front door switch (driver side): OFF→ON
NOTE:
When in any of following conditions (after the exterior lamp battery saver is activated), exterior lamps [except
front fog lamp (with rear fog lamp) and rear fog lamp] can be turned ON. D
• Lighting switch: 1ST or 2ND→OFF or AUTO→1ST or 2ND
• Engine status: Stop→Running
E
EXL
EXL-201
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000010469906
APPLICATION ITEM
Diagnosis mode Function Description

Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.
SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
— AIR CONDITONER* × ×
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security THEFT ALM × ×
RAP RETAINED PWR ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.
EXL-202
CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description A

BATTERY VOLTAGE V Battery voltage of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
EXTERNAL TEMP °C External temperature of the moment a particular DTC is detected
B
NOTE:
VEHICLE COND —
C
NOTE:
DOOR LOCK STATUS —
POWER SUPPLY
min Displays the cumulative time from the time that the battery terminal is connected. D
COUNTER
HEADLAMP
E
HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP) (Halogen Headlamp)
INFOID:0000000010469907
WORK SUPPORT F

G
MODE 1*2 Normal
More sensitive setting than normal setting. (Turns ON earlier than normal op-
MODE 2
CUSTOM A/LIGHT SET- eration.)
H
TING*1 MODE 3 More sensitive setting than MODE 2. (Turns ON earlier than MODE 2.)
Less sensitive setting than normal setting. (Turns ON later than normal oper-
MODE 4
ation.)
I
MODE 1 NOTE:
TWILIGHT On
MODE 1 J
MODE 2 NOTE:
WIPER LINK
K
MODE 4
*1: For models without auto light system, this item is displayed, but cannot be used.
*2: Factory setting EXL
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable M
Monitor item N
Description
[Unit]
PUSH SW
[On/Off] O
ENGINE STATE
Indicates [STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN] condition of engine states
[STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN]
VEH SPEED 1 P
Indicates [km/h] condition of vehicle speed signal from combination meter
[km/h]
EXL-203
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off]
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off]
TAIL LAMP SW
[On/Off]
HI BEAM SW
[On/Off]
HEADLAMP SW
[On/Off]
Each switch status that BCM judges from the combination switch reading function.
LIGHT OFF SW
[On/Off]
PASSING SW
[On/Off]
AUTO LIGHT SW*1

[On/Off]
FR FOG SW*2
[On/Off]
RR FOG SW*3
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-DR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-AS
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RL
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK
[On/Off]
OPTI SEN (DTCT) NOTE:
OPTI SEN (FILT) NOTE:
OPTICAL SENSOR*1 The sensor condition received from light & rain sensor
[On/Off/NG]
*1: For models without auto light system, this item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
*2: For models without front fog lamp, this item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
*3: For models without rear fog lamp, this item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
ACTIVE TEST

Transmits the front fog light request signal to IPDM E/R using CAN com-
On
FR FOG LAMP*1 munication to turn the front fog lamp ON.
Off Stops the front fog light request signal transmission.
On Outputs voltage to turn the rear fog lamp ON.
RR FOG LAMP*2
Off Stops the voltage to turn the rear fog lamp OFF.
On Outputs voltage to turn the stop lamp RH ON.
STOP LAMP 1
Off Stops the voltage to turn the stop lamp RH OFF.
EXL-204
A
On Outputs voltage to turn the stop lamp LH ON.
STOP LAMP 2
Off Stops the voltage to turn the stop lamp LH OFF.
On Outputs voltage to turn the high-mounted stop lamp ON. B
STOP LAMP 3
Off Stops the voltage to turn the high-mounted stop lamp OFF.
*1: For models with front fog lamp, this item is displayed, but cannot be tested.
2 C
* : For models without rear fog lamp, this item is displayed, but cannot be tested.
FLASHER
FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER) (Halogen Headlamp) INFOID:0000000010469908
D
WORK SUPPORT
E
On* With 3-time flasher function
3-TIME FLASHER SETTING F
Off Without 3-time flasher function
*: Factory setting
DATA MONITOR G
NOTE:
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. H
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
I
REQ SW -DR
[On/Off]
REQ SW -AS
Indicated [On/Off] condition of door request switch (passenger side) J
[On/Off]
PUSH SW
[On/Off]
K
TURN SIGNAL R
[On/Off]
Each switch status that BCM detects from the combination switch reading function.
TURN SIGNAL L
[On/Off] EXL
HAZARD SW
The switch status input from the hazard switch.
[On/Off]
M
RKE-LOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key or keyfob
[On/Off]
RKE-UNLOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key or keyfob N
[On/Off]
RKE-PANIC NOTE:
[On/Off] This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
O
INT LAMP
INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP) INFOID:0000000010469909
P
WORK SUPPORT
On*1 With interior room lamp timer function

SET I/L D-UNLCK INTCON
Off Without interior room lamp timer function
EXL-205
On*1 With front fog override function

FOG LAMP OVERRIDE
Off Without front fog override function
MODE1 Turns spicy illumination function OFF
MODE2
MODE3
MODE4
SPICY BRIGHTNESS SETTING*2
MODE5*1 Sets spicy illumination brightness.
MODE6
MODE7
MODE8
*1: Factory setting

*2: With spicy illumination
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor item
Description
[Unit]
REQ SW-DR
[On/Off]
REQ SW-AS
[On/Off]
PUSH SW
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-DR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-AS
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RR
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-RL
[On/Off]
DOOR SW-BK
[On/Off]
CDL LOCK SW
Indicated [On/Off] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch
[On/Off]
CDL UNLOCK SW
Indicated [On/Off] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch
[On/Off]
KEY CYL LK-SW NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW NOTE:
RKE-LOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
RKE-UNLOCK
Indicates [On/Off] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key
[On/Off]
KEY SW NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST
EXL-206
Test item Operation Description A

On Outputs interior room lamp control signal.
INT LAMP
Off Stops interior room lamp control signal.
B
DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK : Information INFOID:0000000010735633
C
Check the vehicle type to use the service information in this section.
Service information Destination D

Type 1 For Europe With Intelligent Key and super lock
• For Europe
Type 2 • For South Africa With Intelligent Key, without super lock E
Type 3 For Europe Without Intelligent Key, with super lock
• For Europe F
Type 4 • For South Africa Without Intelligent Key and super lock
• For Australia G
Type 5 With Intelligent Key, without super lock
• For General export
• For Australia
Type 6 Without Intelligent Key and super lock
• For General export H
I
WORK SUPPORT J

Anti-hijack function mode can be changed to operation with this mode K
EXL
DATA MONITOR M
NOTE:
N
O
DOOR SW-DR Indicated [On/Off] condition of front door switch (driver side) P
EXL-207
NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
SHOCK SENSOR unit.)
NOTE:
KEY SW
ACTIVE TEST


WORK SUPPORT

Anti-hijack function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:

EXL-208
A
NOTE: B
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
C
SHOCK SENSOR unit.)
• ON: During the receiving of air bag signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit D
NOTE:
KEY SW
This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored E
ACTIVE TEST

F
• The all door lock actuators are unlocked when “ALL UNLOCK” on CONSULT screen is touched G
NOTE:
SUPER LOCK
This test is able to check door lock status indicator operation H
I
WORK SUPPORT
J
DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET • On: Operate K
DATA MONITOR EXL

NOTE:
M
N
DOOR SW-RL Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch LH O
CDL UNLOCK SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of unlock signal from door lock unlock switch P
NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
EXL-209
NOTE:
SHOCK SENSOR
KEY SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of key switch
ACTIVE TEST

WORK SUPPORT

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:

ACC ON SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ACC position
KEYLESS UNLOCK Indicated [On/Off] condition of unlock signal from key fob
NOTE:
SHOCK SENSOR
NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
EXL-210
A
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
VEHICLE SPEED B
ical value [Km/h]
ACTIVE TEST
C
• The all door lock actuators are locked when “ALL LCK” on CONSULT screen is touched D
DOOR LOCK • The door lock actuator (driver side) is unlocked when “DR UNLK” on CONSULT screen is
touched
• “BD ULK” is displayed, but cannot be used E
NOTE:
DOOR LOCK IND
This item is displayed, but cannot be used
F
NOTE:
SUPER LOCK
This item is displayed, but cannot be used

G

CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM. H
WORK SUPPORT
I
Selective unlock function mode can be changed to operation with this mode
J
AUTO UNLOCK TYPE • MODE1: All doors are locked
• MODE2: Only driver door is unlocked K
Automatic door lock function mode can be selected from the following in the mode
• MODE1: All doors are locked when vehicle speed more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
AUTO LOCK FUNCTION • MODE 2*: All doors are locked when shifting the selector lever from P position to other than the EXL
P position
M
• MODE1: All doors are unlocked when the power supply position is changed from ON to OFF
AUTO UNLOCK FUNCTION • MODE 2*: All doors are unlocked when shifting the selector lever from any position other than
the P to P position N
Signature light function can be changed to operation with this mode O
*
: P range interlock door lock/unlock can be selected for M/T models, but automatic door lock/unlock function P
does not operate.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
EXL-211

NOTE:
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
SHOCK SENSOR unit.)
NOTE:
KEY SW
ACTIVE TEST

WORK SUPPORT

DATA MONITOR
NOTE:

EXL-212
A
DOOR SW-RL Indicated [On/Off] condition of rear door switch LH B
ACC ON SW Indicated [On/Off] condition of ignition switch in ACC position C
KEYLESS UNLOCK Indicated [On/Off] condition of unlock signal from key fob
D
Indicates [NOMAL/On/Off] condition of circuit between BCM and air bag diag-
nosis sensor unit
• NORMAL: Ignition switch ON. (BCM is receiving normal condition signal
SHOCK SENSOR E
from air bag diagnosis sensor unit.)
NOTE: F
KEY CYL LK-SW
NOTE:
KEY CYL UN-SW
G
VEHICLE SPEED
ical value [Km/h]
ACTIVE TEST H

I
• The all door lock actuators are locked when “ALL LCK” on CONSULT screen is touched
DOOR LOCK • The door lock actuator (driver side) is unlocked when “DR UNLK” on CONSULT screen is J
touched
• “BD ULK” is displayed, but cannot be used
This test is able to check door lock status indicator operation K
EXL
EXL-213
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000010469914
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.
Diagnosis mode Description

Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
Configuration
• White the vehicle specification when replacing IPDM E/R.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to PCS-37, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data (FFD)
The IPDM E/R records the vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on CON-
SULT.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
REVERSE SIGNAL Displays the status of the transmission range switch (CVT) or reverse/neutral position
[Open/Close] switch (M/T) judged by IPDM E/R.
IGN RELAY
[Open/Close]
PUSH SW
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
NEUTRAL SW
Displays the status of the reverse/neutral position switch (M/T) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW
Displays the status of the transmission range switch (CVT) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
OIL PRESSURE SW
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
Displays the LED headlamp (right) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L RH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
Displays the LED headlamp (left) ON/OFF status judged by IPDM E/R.
LED H/L LH STATUS
NOTE:
[Open/Close]
HOOD SW
[Open/Close]
COMPRESSOR
Displays the compressor drive status judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H/L WASHER PUMP
Displays the status of the headlamp washer pump judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
EXL-214
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
HORN RELAY NOTE:
COOLING FAN NOTE: B
FRONT WIPER HI/LO RELAY
Displays the status of the front wiper HI/LO relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] C
FRONT WIPER RELAY
Displays the status of the front wiper relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY OFF STATUS D
Displays the status of the ignition relay OFF circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY ON STATUS
Displays the status of the ignition relay ON circuit judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On] E
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the steering lock unit.
STEERING LOCK PWR SPLY
NOTE:
[Off/On]
This item is monitored only on the vehicle with Intelligent Key system
F
HEIGHT SENSOR PWR SPLY
Displays the power supply status from IPDM E/R to the height sensor.
[Off/On]
COOLING FAN RELAY 1
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-1 judged by IPDM E/R. G
[Open/Close]
STARTER RELAY
Displays the status of the starter control relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
H
COMP ECV DUTY
Displays the compressor control signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
COOLING FAN RELAY 2
[%]
Displays the status of the cooling fan relay-2 judged by IPDM E/R. I
FR FOG LAMP LH
Displays the front fog lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
J
FR FOG LAMP RH
Displays the front fog lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
LEVELIZER OUTPUT
Displays the aiming motor drive signal (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. K
[%]
PARKING LAMP
Displays the parking lamp output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
EXL
TAIL LAMP LH
Displays the tail lamp (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
TAIL LAMP RH
Displays the tail lamp (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R. M
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH
Displays the daytime running light (left) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH N
Displays the daytime running light (right) output status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (HI) LH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%] O
HEADLAMP (HI) RH
Displays the headlamp (HI) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) LH P
Displays the headlamp (LO) (left) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HEADLAMP (LO) RH
Displays the headlamp (LO) (right) output (PWM) status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
A/C RELAY STUCK
Displays the ON stuck status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]
EXL-215
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
A/C RELAY
Displays the status of the A/C relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV STATUS
Displays the compressor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/R.
[OK/NG]
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN NOTE:
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR Displays the battery current sensor malfunction diagnosis status judged by IPDM E/
[OK/NG] R.
FRONT FOG LAMP
Displays the fog lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
COMP ECV CURRENT
Displays the electric current output to compressor judged by IPDM E/R.
[A]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Displays the status of the battery voltage judged by IPDM E/R.
[V]
COOLING FAN DUTY
Displays the cooling fan output signal status of IPDM E/R.
[%]
HOOD SW (CAN)
[Open/Close]
FRONT WIPER
Displays the front wiper motor drive control status of IPDM E/R.
[STOP/HI/LO/NG]
FR WIPER STOP POSITION
Displays the status of the front wiper position status judged by IPDM E/R.
[ACTIVE P/STOP P]
HEADLAMP (HI)
Displays the headlamp (HI) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
HEADLAMP (LO)
Displays the headlamp (LO) illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
IGN RELAY MONITOR
[Off/On]
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
Displays the status of the ignition power supply judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
INTERLOCK/PNP SW (CAN) Displays the status of the transmission range switch signal that IPDM transmits via
NEUTRAL SWITCH (CAN) Displays the status of the reverse/neutral position switch (M/T) signal that IPDM
[Off/On] transmits via CAN communication.
PUSH-BUTTON IGN SW (CAN) Displays the status of the ignition switch signal that IPDM transmits via CAN commu-
[Off/On] nication.
TAIL LAMP
Displays the tail lamp illumination control status of IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
REVERSE SIGNAL (CAN) Displays the status of the steering lock relay signal received from BCM via CAN com-
STARTER MOTOR STATUS
Displays the status of the starter motor judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
STARTER RELAY (CAN) Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the starter control relay status signal
[LOW/HIGH] via CAN communication.
IPDM NOT SLEEP Displays the status of the IPDM E/R transmits the not sleep signal via CAN commu-
[NO RDY/READY] nication.
STOP/START STATUS
Displays the status of the stop/starter system ready judged by IPDM E/R.
[PRHBT/PERMIT]
AFTER COOLING TIME
[No request/0.5min/1.0min/1.5min/ NOTE:
2.0min/2.5min/3.0min/3.5min/4min/5min/ The item is indicated, but not monitored.
6min/8min/10min/12min/14min/16min]
EXL-216
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
AFTER COOLING SPEED
NOTE:
[0%/25%/40%/55%/70%/78%/85%/
The item is indicated, but not monitored.
100%] B
COOLING FAN TYPE NOTE:
[RENAULT/NISSAN] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
COMPRESSOR REQ 1 Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN C
VHCL SECRITY HORN REQ NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. D
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM via
SLEEP/WAKE UP NOTE: E
[SLEEP/WAKEUP] The item is indicated, but not monitored.
CLUTCH INTERLOCK SW NOTE:
F
CRANKING ENABLE-TCM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from TCM via CAN com-
[OK/NG] munication.
CRANKING ENABLE-ECM Displays the status of the cranking enable signal received from ECM via CAN com-
G
[OK/NG] munication.
CAN DIAGNOSIS Displays the status of the CAN diagnosis signal received from BCM via CAN commu-
[OK/NG] nication.
H
FRONT FOG LAMP REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
H/L WASHER REQ Displays the status of the headlamp washer request signal received from BCM via
I
PASSING REQ NOTE:

J
HIGH BEAM REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
HORN CHIRP NOTE:
[Off/On] The item is indicated, but not monitored. K
COOLING FAN REQ Displays the status of the cooling fan speed request signal received from ECM via
[%] CAN communication.
EXL
ENGINE STATUS Displays the status of the engine status signal received from ECM via CAN commu-
[STOP/IDLING/RUN] nication.
TURN SIGNAL REQ Displays the status of the turn indicator signal received from BCM via CAN commu-
[Off/On] nication. M
FR WIPER REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
SHIFT POSITION Displays the status of the shift position signal received from TCM via CAN communi- N
[OFF/P/R/N/D/S/L/B/1/2/3/4/5/6/7] cation.
LOW BEAM REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication. O
POSITION LIGHT REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
COMPRESSOR REQ 2 Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com- P
IGNITION SW Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal and starter control relay request
[Off/On/START] signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
VEHICLE SPEED (METER) Displays the status of the A/C ON signal received from A/C auto amp. via CAN com-
[km/h] munication.
EXL-217
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
Monitor the cumulative discharge value of the battery.
BAT DISCHAGE COUNT NOTE:
[—] When 65,000 or more is counted, replace the battery. (Only with stop/start system
modls)
P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the parking lamp circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of parking lamp circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
parking lamp circuit.
NMB P LAMP CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the parking lamp circuit count is 5 and the igni-
NMB P LAMP CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the parking lamp circuit.
limit of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
daytime running light (left) circuit.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (left) circuit count is 5
and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (left) circuit.
limit of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of daytime running light (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item
counts 1.
daytime running light (right) circuit.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the daytime running light (right) circuit count is
5 and the ignition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB DTRL RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the daytime running light (right) circuit.
F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
front fog lamp (left) circuit.
NMB F FOG LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the
NMB F FOG LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (left) circuit.
F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of front fog lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
EXL-218
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit] A
front fog lamp (right) circuit.
NMB F FOG RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE: B
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the front fog lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and
NMB F FOG RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the front fog lamp (right) circuit.
C
HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE: D
When the number of headlamp (HI) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
headlamp (HI) (left) circuit. E
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit count is 5 and the
NMB HL (HI) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
F
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (left) circuit.
limit of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. G
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (HI) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.
H
headlamp (HI) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit count is 5 and I
NMB HL (HI) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (HI) (right) circuit. J
S/L CIRC MALFUNCTION limit of the steering lock circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of steering lock circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
K
steering lock circuit.
NMB S/L CIRC RETRY EXL
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the steering lock circuit count is 5 and the ignition
switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB S/L CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current M
[0 – 5] of the steering lock circuit.
HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
N
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of headlamp (LO) (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
headlamp (LO) (left) circuit. O
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit count is 5 and
P
NMB HL (LO) LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (left) circuit.
limit of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
NOTE:
[0 – 1]
When the number of headlamp (LO) (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts
1.
EXL-219
Monitor Item
Description
[Unit]
headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit count is 5 and
NMB HL (LO) RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the headlamp (LO) (right) circuit.
T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (left) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
tail lamp (left) circuit.
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (left) circuit count is 5 and the igni-
NMB T LAMP LH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (left) circuit.
T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN limit of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
[0 – 1] NOTE:
When the number of tail lamp (right) circuit retries count is 20, this item counts 1.
tail lamp (right) circuit.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC RETRY
NOTE:
[0 – 20]
When the number of short circuits in the tail lamp (right) circuit count is 5 and the ig-
nition switch OFF to ON operation is detected, this item counts 1.
NMB T LAMP RH CIRC SHORT Monitor the number of times that the smart FET in IPDM E/R detects the over current
[0 – 5] of the tail lamp (right) circuit.
BATTERY STATUS
Monitor the battery status from the battery output.
[OK/NG]
ACTIVE TEST

HORN On Operates horn relay for 20 ms.
Off OFF
FRONT WIPER Lo Operates the front wiper relay.
Hi Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper HI/LO relay.
HEAD LAMP WASHER On Operates the headlamp washer relay for 1 second.
Off OFF
TAIL Operates the tail lamp relay.
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay.
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Operates the headlamp low relay and ON/OFF the headlamp high relay at 1
Hi
second intervals.
Fog Operates the front fog lamp relay.
WORK SUPPORT
Work item Description

SENSOR INITILALIZE Adjusts the height sensor signal output value in the unloaded vehicle condition.
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared.
EXL-220
BCM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

BCM, IPDM E/R
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000010469915
B
ECU Reference
C
BCS-64, "Reference Value"
BCS-88, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-89, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" D
BCS-90, "DTC Index"
PCS-21, "Reference Value"
E
PCS-33, "Fail-safe"
IPDM E/R
PCS-36, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
PCS-37, "DTC Index" F
EXL
EXL-221
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
WIRING DIAGRAM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010469916
JRLWD2030GB
EXL-222
EXL
JRLWD4115GB
EXL-223
JRLWD4116GB
EXL-224
EXL
JRLWD4117GB
EXL-225
JRLWD2034GB
EXL-226
EXL
JRLWD2218GB
EXL-227
JRLWD2219GB
EXL-228
EXL
JRLWD2220GB
EXL-229
JRLWD2221GB
EXL-230
EXL
JRLWD2222GB
EXL-231
JRLWD2223GB
EXL-232
EXL
JRLWD2224GB
EXL-233
JRLWD2225GB
EXL-234
EXL
JRLWD2226GB
EXL-235
JRLWD2227GB
EXL-236
EXL
JRLWD2228GB
EXL-237
JRLWD2229GB
EXL-238
EXL
JRLWD2230GB
EXL-239
JRLWD2231GB
EXL-240
EXL
JRLWD2232GB
EXL-241
< BASIC INSPECTION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010469917
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMKIA8652GB
DETAILED FLOW
EXL-242
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.
B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information. E
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. F
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. G
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
H
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
J
>> GO TO 6.
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected K
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to DTC INSPECTION PRIORITY CHART, and determine trouble diag-
nosis order. EXL
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
M
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". O
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step P
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
EXL-243
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.
EXL-244
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
FR FOG LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When front fog lamp ON conditions are satisfied (smart
D
B121A (Front fog lamp left hand power supply cir- SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
cuit) GRND] in the front fog lamp LH power supply circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Front fog lamp LH bulb
• IPDM E/R
F
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp LH power supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions
are no longer satisfied. G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
With CONSULT
2. Select “F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. I
Monitor item Monitor status J

0
F FOG LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
What is the monitor status? K
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the front fog lamp LH power supply circuit, and damage
accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/R does not turn ON EXL
the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform EXL-245, "Diagno-
sis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS-67,
"Removal and Installation". M
2. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
3. Turn lighting switch 1ST, and front fog lamp switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. O
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EXL-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-245
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp LH connector.
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front fog lamp LH harness connector and
ground.
+
Front fog lamp LH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
E94 1 Ground
LAMP Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the front fog lamp LH bulb. Refer to EXL-246, "Component Inspection".

2. Disconnect front fog lamp LH connector.
3. Check resistance of front fog lamp LH terminals.
Front fog lamp LH

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-246
A

DTRL RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC
B1231 (Daytime running light right hand power SHORT TO
detected in the daytime running light RH power supply cir-
supply circuit) GRND] D
cuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Control circuit
- Harness F
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
G
Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light RH power supply circuit until the daytime running light
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
I
2. Select “DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
0
DTRL RH CIRC MALFUNCTN K
1
“0” >> GO TO 2. EXL
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the daytime running light RH power supply circuit, and
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. O
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-247
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
LIGHT Off 0–1V

YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the daytime running light RH. Refer to EXL-248, "Component Inspection".


Resistance
Terminal
2 1 Except 0 Ω
EXL-248
A

FR FOG LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When front fog lamp ON conditions are satisfied (smart
B1256 (Front fog lamp right hand power supply cir- SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
cuit) GRND] in the front fog lamp RH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front fog lamp RH bulb E
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the front fog lamp RH power supply circuit until the front fog lamp ON conditions F
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
I
0
F FOG RH CIRC MALFUNCTN J
1
“0” >> GO TO 2. K
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the front fog lamp RH power supply circuit, and dam-
M
With CONSULT
3. Turn lighting switch 1ST, and front fog lamp switch ON. N
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp RH connector.
EXL-249
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front fog lamp RH harness connector and
ground.
+
Front fog lamp RH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
E95 1 Ground
LAMP Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the front fog lamp RH bulb. Refer to EXL-250, "Component Inspection".

2. Disconnect front fog lamp RH connector.
3. Check resistance of front fog lamp RH terminals.
Front fog lamp RH

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-250
A

DTRL LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC
B20CB (Daytime running light left hand power sup- SHORT TO
detected in the daytime running light LH power supply cir-
ply circuit) GRND] D
cuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Control circuit
- Harness F
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
G
Shuts off the power supply to the daytime running light LH power supply circuit until the daytime running light
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
I
2. Select “DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
J
0
DTRL LH CIRC MALFUNCTN K
1
“0” >> GO TO 2. EXL
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the daytime running light LH power supply circuit, and
With CONSULT
2. Start engine. O
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-251
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
LIGHT Off 0–1V

YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the daytime running light LH. Refer to EXL-252, "Component Inspection".


Resistance
Terminal
2 1 Except 0 Ω
EXL-252
A

HL (HI) LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (HI) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
B20CE [Headlamp (high) left hand power supply SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
circuit] GRND] in the headlamp (HI) LH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Headlamp (HI) LH bulb E
• Headlamp (HI) LH bulb socket
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE F
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) LH power supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT H
2. Select “HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. Check the monitor status. I

0 J
HL (HI) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
K
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (HI) LH power supply circuit, and dam-
ON the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform EXL-253, "Diag- EXL
nosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS-
2. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
With CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND, and lighting switch HI.
5. Check DTC. O
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". P
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-253
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
E90 5 Ground
(HI) Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the headlamp (HI) LH. Refer to EXL-254, "Component Inspection".


Resistance
Terminal
5 1 Except 0 Ω
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove headlamp (HI) LH bulb.
EXL-254
Front combination lamp LH A

Resistance
Terminal
5 1 Except 0 Ω
B
YES >> Replace headlamp (HI) LH bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
NO >> Repair or replace the headlamp (HI) LH bulb socket. C
EXL
EXL-255
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

HL (HI) RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (HI) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
B20CF [Headlamp (high) left hand power supply SHORT TO FET inside IPDM E/R is ON), and overcurrent is detected
circuit] GRND] in the headlamp (HI) RH power supply circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Headlamp (HI) RH bulb
• Headlamp (HI) RH bulb socket
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (HI) RH power supply circuit until the headlamp (HI) ON conditions
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL (HI) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

0
1
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (HI) RH power supply circuit, and dam-
nosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS-
With CONSULT
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND, and lighting switch HI.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

EXL-256
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. A
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal B
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUPPLY D
With CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch ON E
and ground. F
+
Front combination lamp RH - Test item Voltage G
Connector Terminal
E92 5 Ground
(HI)
H
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3. I
Check the headlamp (HI) RH. Refer to EXL-257, "Component Inspection". J
K
EXL
2. Disconnect front combination lamp RH connector. M
Front combination lamp RH N

Resistance
Terminal
5 1 Except 0 Ω
O
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
1. Remove headlamp (HI) RH bulb.
EXL-257

Resistance
Terminal
5 1 Except 0 Ω
YES >> Replace headlamp (HI) RH bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
NO >> Repair or replace the headlamp (HI) RH bulb socket.
EXL-258
A

HL (LO) LH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (LO) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
cuit] GRND] in the headlamp (LO) LH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Headlamp (LO) LH bulb E
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) LH power supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON condi- F
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
I
0
HL (LO) LH CIRC MALFUNCTN J
1
“0” >> GO TO 2. K
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (LO) LH power supply circuit, and dam-
M
With CONSULT
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND. N
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and headlamp low LH connector.
EXL-259
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between headlamp low LH harness connector and
ground.
+
Headlamp low LH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
E96 1 Ground
(LO) Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the headlamp (LO) LH bulb. Refer to EXL-260, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace headlamp (LO) LH bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) LH BULB

2. Disconnect headlamp low LH connector.
3. Check resistance of headlamp (LO) LH terminals.
Headlamp (LO) LH
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
NO >> Replace headlamp (LO) LH bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
EXL-260
A

HL (LO) RH PWR SPLY CIRC [CIRC When headlamp (LO) ON conditions are satisfied (smart
cuit] GRND] in the headlamp (LO) RH power supply circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Headlamp (LO) RH bulb E
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the headlamp (LO) RH power supply circuit until the headlamp (LO) ON condi- F
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “HL (LO) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
I
0
HL (LO) RH CIRC MALFUNCTN J
1
“0” >> GO TO 2. K
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the headlamp (LO) RH power supply circuit, and dam-
M
With CONSULT
3. Turn lighting switch 2ND. N
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and headlamp low RH connector.
EXL-261
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between headlamp low RH harness connector and
ground.
+
Headlamp low LH - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
E97 1 Ground
(LO) Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the headlamp (LO) RH bulb. Refer to EXL-262, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace headlamp (LO) RH bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) RH BULB

2. Disconnect headlamp low RH connector.
3. Check resistance of headlamp (LO) RH terminals.
Headlamp (LO) RH
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
NO >> Replace headlamp (LO) RH bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
EXL-262
A

[CIRC ON conditions are satisfied (smart FET inside IPDM E/R
PARKING LAMP PWR SPLY CIRC
B20D2 SHORT TO is ON), and overcurrent is detected in the parking lamp LH
(Parking lamp power supply circuit) D
GRND] power supply circuit or parking lamp RH power supply cir-
cuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
- Control circuit F
- Harness
- LED (parking lamp) G
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
H
FAIL-SAFE
Shuts off the power supply to the parking lamp (LH/RH) power supply circuit until the parking lamp, license
plate lamp, and tail lamp ON conditions are no longer satisfied. I
1.PRECONDITIONING J
With CONSULT
2. Select “P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. K

EXL
0
P LAMP CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
What is the monitor status? M
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the parking lamp LH or parking lamp RH power supply
circuit, and damage accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/ N
R does not turn ON the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform
EXL-264, "Diagnosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunctioning part is repaired.
Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation". O
With CONSULT
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EXL-263
1.CHECK PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

3. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front combination lamp connector.
IPDM E/R
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E101 53
Ground Not existed
LH E102 64
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between front combination lamp harness connector and
ground.
+
Front combination lamp - Test item Voltage
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH E92
PARKING Off 0–1V
3 Ground
LAMP On 9 – 16 V
LH E90
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the parking lamp. Refer to EXL-264, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-318, "Removal and Installation".

3. Check resistance of front combination lamp terminals.
Parking lamp LH

Resistance
Terminal
3 1 Except 0 Ω
EXL-264
Parking lamp RH
Front combination lamp RH A

Resistance
Terminal
3 1 Except 0 Ω
B
NO >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-318, "Removal and Installation". C
EXL
EXL-265
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

is ON), and overcurrent is detected in the following power
[CIRC
TAIL LAMP LH PWR SPLY CIRC supply circuit.
B20D4 SHORT TO
(Tail lamp left hand power supply circuit) • Tail lamp LH (body side)
GRND]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear combination lamp LH (body side) internal circuit
- LED (Tail lamp)
- Harness
• Rear combination lamp LH (back door side) internal circuit
- LED (Tail lamp)
- Harness
• License plate lamp LH bulb
• License plate lamp RH bulb
• License plate lamp LH bulb socket
• License plate lamp RH bulb socket
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
• Tail lamp LH (body side)
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

0
T LAMP LH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the tail lamp LH (body side), tail lamp LH (back door
side), license plate lamp LH or license plate lamp RH power supply circuit, and damage accumu-
lates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For this reason, IPDM E/R does not turn ON the
smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced in this state, perform EXL-267, "Diagnosis
"Removal and Installation".
EXL-266
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. B
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EXL-267, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010469957 D
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)

- IPDM E/R F
- License plate lamp LH
- License plate lamp RH G
IPDM E/R H
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. J
2.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector. K
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between stop lamp / tail lamp (body side) harness con- EXL
nector and ground.
+ M
Connector Terminal
N
On 9 – 16 V
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH P
Check the tail lamp LH. Refer to EXL-268, "Component Inspection (Tail Lamp)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
EXL-267
Check the license plate lamp. Refer to EXL-268, "Component Inspection (License Plate Lamp)".
Component Inspection (Tail Lamp) INFOID:0000000010469958
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH

2. Disconnect stop lamp / tail lamp LH (body side) and tail lamp LH (back door side) connector.
3. Check resistance of stop lamp / tail lamp LH (body side) and tail lamp LH (back door side) terminals.
Tail lamp LH (body side)
Stop lamp / tail lamp LH (body side)

Resistance
Terminal
3 2 Except 0 Ω

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
Component Inspection (License Plate Lamp) INFOID:0000000010469959

2. Disconnect license plate lamp connector.

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove license plate lamp bulb.

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-268
License plate lamp RH A

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
B
YES >> Replace the corresponding license plate lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-334, "Replacement".
NO >> Repair or replace the corresponding license plate lamp bulb socket. C
EXL
EXL-269
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

[CIRC
TAIL LAMP RH PWR SPLY CIRC is ON), and overcurrent is detected in the following power
B20D5 SHORT TO
(Tail lamp right hand power supply circuit) supply circuit.
GRND]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear combination lamp RH (body side) internal circuit
- LED (Tail lamp)
- Harness
• Rear combination lamp RH (back door side) internal circuit
- LED (tail lamp)
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
With CONSULT
2. Select “T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

0
T LAMP RH CIRC MALFUNCTN
1
“0” >> GO TO 2.
“1” >> A short circuit is detected multiple times in the tail lamp RH (body side) or tail lamp RH (back door
side) power supply circuit, and damage accumulates at the smart FET inside the IPDM E/R. For
this reason, IPDM E/R does not turn ON the smart FET. Because the DTC cannot be reproduced
in this state, perform EXL-271, "Diagnosis Procedure" and replace IPDM E/R after the malfunc-
tioning part is repaired. Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation".
With CONSULT
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EXL-270
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END A
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT) B

3. Disconnect the following connectors. C
- IPDM E/R
- Stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side)
- Tail lamp RH (back door side) D
IPDM E/R E
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH POWER SUPPLY
With CONSULT
1. Connect IPDM E/R connector. H
4. With operating the test items, check the voltage between stop lamp / tail lamp (body side) harness con- I
nector and ground.
+ J
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V K
Off 0–1V
Is the inspection result normal? EXL
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH M
Check the tail lamp RH. Refer to EXL-271, "Component Inspection".
N
O
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP RH

2. Disconnect stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side) and tail lamp RH (back door side) connector.
3. Check resistance of stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side) and tail lamp RH (back door side) terminals.
Tail lamp RH (body side)
Stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side)

Resistance
Terminal
3 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-271

Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Except 0 Ω
EXL-272
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (HI) is turned ON. C
On : Headlamp (HI) ON
Off : Headlamp (HI) OFF D
YES >> Headlamp (HI) circuit is normal.
E
F
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) OUTPUT VOLTAGE
With CONSULT
4. Select “HEADLAMP (HI)” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. H
+
I
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V J
RH E102 62
HEADLAMP Off 0–1V
Ground
(HI) On 9 – 16 V
LH E101 51 K
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2. EXL
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
N
Continuity
O
RH E102 62 E92
5 Existed
LH E101 51 E90
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front combination lamp connector and ground.
EXL-273

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E92
1 Ground Existed
LH E90
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEADLAMP (HI) BULB
Check the applicable headlamp (HI) bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding headlamp (HI) bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding headlamp (HI) bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
EXL-274
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the headlamp (LO) is turned ON. C
Lo : Headlamp (LO) ON
Off : Headlamp (LO) OFF D
YES >> Headlamp (LO) circuit is normal.
E
F
1.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) OUTPUT VOLTAGE
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect headlamp low connector.
4. Select “HEADLAMP (LO)” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. H
+
I
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V J
RH E101 54
HEADLAMP Off 0–1V
Ground
(LO) On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 58 K
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2. EXL
2.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and headlamp low harness connector.
N
IPDM E/R Headlamp low
Continuity
O
RH E101 54 E97
1 Existed
LH E102 58 E96
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEADLAMP (LO) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between headlamp low harness connector and ground.
EXL-275
Headlamp low
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E97
2 Ground Existed
LH E96
YES >> Replace the corresponding headlamp (LO) bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement".
EXL-276
A
1.CHECK PARKING LAMP OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the parking lamp is turned ON. C
On : Parking lamp ON
Off : Parking lamp OFF D
YES >> Parking lamp circuit is normal.
E
F
1.CHECK PARKING LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE
With CONSULT
4. Select “PARKING LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. H
+
I
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V J
RH E101 53
Off 0–1V
Ground PARKING LAMP
On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 64 K
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2. EXL
2.CHECK PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
M
N
Continuity
O
RH E101 53 E92
3 Existed
LH E102 64 E90
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PARKING LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
EXL-277

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E92
1 Ground Existed
LH E90
YES >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-318, "Removal and Installation".
EXL-278
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP OPERATION B

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the tail lamp is turned ON. C
On : Tail Lamp ON
Off : Tail lamp OFF D
YES >> Tail lamp circuit is normal.
E
F
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE
With CONSULT
- Stop lamp / tail lamp RH (body side) H
- Tail lamp RH (back door side)
4. Select “TAIL LAMP” in “Active Test” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT. I
+ J
Connector Terminal
K
On 9 – 16 V
RH 17
Off 0–1V
E37 Ground TAIL LAMP
On 9 – 16 V EXL
LH 4
Off 0–1V
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TAIL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and each tail lamp harness connector. O
Body side
IPDM E/R Stop lamp / tail lamp (body side)

Continuity P
RH 17 B79
E37 3 Existed
LH 4 B22
EXL-279
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT
Back door side
IPDM E/R Tail lamp (back door side)

Continuity
RH 17 D85
E37 1 Existed
LH 4 B29
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TAIL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each tail lamp harness connector and ground.
Body side
Stop lamp / tail lamp (body side)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH B79
2 Ground Existed
LH B22
Back door side
Tail lamp (back door side)

— Continuity
Connector Terminal Terminal
RH D85
2 Ground Existed
LH B29
YES >> Replace the corresponding rear combination lamp. Refer to EXL-330, "Removal and Installation".
EXL-280
A
1.CHECK TAIL LAMP LH OPERATION B

Check that tail lamp LH is turned ON when lighting switch is turned 1ST.
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check tail lamp circuit. Refer to EXL-279, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP OPERATION D
With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the license plate lamp is turned ON. E
On : License plate lamp ON

Off : License plate lamp OFF F
YES >> License plate lamp circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to EXL-281, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
1.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and license plate lamp connector.
I
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and license plate lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R License plate lamp

Continuity J
RH D97
E37 4 1 Existed
LH D96 K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. EXL
2.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between license plate lamp harness connector and ground. M
License plate lamp

— Continuity
RH D97
2 Ground Existed
LH D96
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. P
3.CHECK LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB
Check the applicable license plate lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding license plate lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding license plate lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-334, "Replacement".
EXL-281
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the daytime running light is turned ON.
On : Daytime running light ON

Off : Daytime running light OFF
YES >> Daytime running light circuit is normal.
1.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OUTPUT VOLTAGE

With CONSULT
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH E101 50
DAYTIME RUN- Off 0–1V
Ground
NING LIGHT On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 57
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Continuity
RH E101 50 E92
2 Existed
LH E102 57 E90
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT GROUND CIRCUIT
EXL-282
Front combination lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E92
1 Ground Existed B
LH E90
YES >> Replace the corresponding front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-318, "Removal and Installation". C
EXL
EXL-283
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
1.CHECK STOP LAMP OPERATION

2. With operating the brake pedal, check that the stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp is turned ON.
: Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp

Depressed
ON
Fully re- : Stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp
leased OFF
YES >> Stop lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Symptom
A All of stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp are not turned ON
B Any of stop lamp and high-mounted stop lamp are not turned ON
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK FUSE

• BCM
Fuse block (J/B) #24 10 A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY (STOP LAMP)
+
BCM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
M68 145 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
EXL-284
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
2. Connect BCM connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
+ B
Stop lamp switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
M97 1 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 5. D
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and stop lamp switch harness connector.
F
BCM Stop lamp switch
Continuity
G
YES >> GO TO 6. H
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EXL-287, "Component Inspection". I
J
View" (RHD models).
7.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE K
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect stop lamp / tail lamp (body side) connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EXL
4. Select “STOP LAMP 1”, “STOP LAMP 2” or “STOP LAMP 3” in “Active Test” mode.
5. With operating the test items, check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
M
Stop lamp RH
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item N
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
B3 134 Ground STOP LAMP 1 O
Off 0V
Stop lamp LH
+ P
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
Off 0V
EXL-285
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
Off 0V
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Stop lamp
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 134
LH 129
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
9.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and each stop lamp harness connector.
Stop lamp
BCM Stop lamp / tail lamp

Continuity
RH 134 B79
B3 1 Existed
LH 129 B22
BCM High-mounted stop lamp

Continuity
B4 39 B17 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP / HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each stop lamp harness connector and ground.
EXL-286
STOP LAMP CIRCUIT
Stop lamp
Stop lamp / tail lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH B79
2 Ground Existed B
LH B22
High-mounted stop lamp C

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B17 3 Ground Existed
D
YES-1 >> Stop lamp: Replace the corresponding rear combination lamp. Refer to EXL-330, "Removal and
Installation". E
YES-2 >> High-mounted stop lamp: Replace high-mounted stop lamp. Refer to EXL-333, "Removal and
Installation".
F
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1 G

3. Check continuity of stop lamp switch terminals. H
Stop lamp switch

Condition Continuity I
Terminal
Depressed Existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Fully released Not existed J
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD models) or BR-52, EXL
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD models).
2. Check continuity of stop lamp switch terminals.
M
Stop lamp switch
Terminal
Depressed Existed N
1 2 Brake pedal
Fully released Not existed
View" (RHD models).
P
EXL-287
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT
2. With operating the test items, check that the front fog lamp is turned ON.
On : Front fog lamp ON

Off : Front fog lamp OFF
YES >> Front fog lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE

With CONSULT
2. Disconnect front fog lamp connector.
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
RH E101 49
FRONT FOG Off 0–1V
Ground
LAMP On 9 – 16 V
LH E102 59
Off 0–1V
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and front fog lamp harness connector.
IPDM E/R Front fog lamp

Continuity
RH E101 49 E95
1 Existed
LH E102 59 E94
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRONT FOG LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front fog lamp harness connector and ground.
EXL-288
Front fog lamp A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH E95
2 Ground Existed B
LH E94
YES >> Replace the corresponding front fog lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-321, "Replacement". C
EXL
EXL-289
1.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT
3. With operating the test items, check that the rear fog lamp is turned ON.
On : Rear fog lamp ON

Off : Rear fog lamp OFF
YES >> Rear fog lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE

With CONSULT
2. Disconnect rear fog lamp connector.
6. With operating the test items, check voltage between rear fog lamp harness connector and ground.
LHD models
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
B24 1 Ground RR FOG LAMP
Off 0V
RHD models
+
Connector Terminal
On 9 – 16 V
D83 1 Ground RR FOG LAMP
Off 0V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and rear fog lamp harness connector.
LHD models
BCM Rear fog lamp

Continuity
B3 122 B24 1 Existed
EXL-290
RHD models
BCM Rear fog lamp A

Continuity
B3 122 D83 1 Existed
B
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. C
3.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
D
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-132, "Removal and Installation". F
4.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
G
2. Check continuity between rear fog lamp harness connector and ground.
LHD models H
Rear fog lamp
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B24 2 Ground Existed I
LHD models
Rear fog lamp J

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
D83 2 Ground Existed
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
EXL
5.CHECK REAR FOG LAMP BULB
Check rear fog lamp bulb.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Check rear fog lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace rear fog lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-331, "Replacement".
N
EXL-291
1.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION

2. With operating the turn signal switch, check that the turn signal lamp is blinks.
Right : Turn signal lamps RH blink

Left : Turn signal lamps LH blink
Center : Turn signal lamps OFF
YES >> Turn signal lamp circuit is normal.
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Symptom
A All of turn signal lamp are not blinks
B Applicable side performs high flasher activation
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK FUSE

BCM Fuse block (J/B) #33 10 A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNAL LAMP)
+
BCM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
M68 144 Ground 9 – 16 V
4.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP OUTPUT VOLTAGE
- Front combination lamp
EXL-292
- Door mirror
- Rear turn signal lamp A
4. With operating the turn signal switch, check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Front turn signal lamp B
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
C
Connector Terminal
Right
RH 168
E
PKID0926E
Turn signal Center 0V F

E60 Ground
switch
G
Left
LH 167
H
PKID0926E
Center 0V
I
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item J
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Right
RH 43 EXL
PKID0926E
Center 0V M
Turn signal
M70 Ground
switch
N
Left
LH 42
O
PKID0926E
Center 0V
P
EXL-293
+
Voltage
BCM - Test item
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Right
RH 136
PKID0926E
Turn signal Center 0V

B3 Ground
switch
Left
LH 133
PKID0926E
Center 0V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (SHORT)
Front turn signal lamp
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 168
E60 Ground Not existed
LH 167
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 43
M70 Ground Not existed
LH 42
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH 136
LH 133
6.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (OPEN)
EXL-294
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and each turn signal lamp harness connector.
Front turn signal lamp A
BCM Front combination lamp
Continuity
B
RH 168 E92
E60 6 Existed
LH 167 E90
Side turn signal lamp (LHD models) C
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
RH 43 D27
M70 13 Existed
LH 42 D3
Side turn signal lamp (RHD models)

E
BCM Door mirror

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
RH 43 D40
M70 13 Existed
LH 42 D16

G
BCM Rear turn signal lamp

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
RH 136 B80
B3 1 Existed
LH 133 B23
YES >> GO TO 7.
J
7.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between each turn signal lamp harness connector and ground.
Front turn signal lamp K
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
EXL
RH E92
1 Ground Existed
LH E90
Side turn signal lamp (LHD models) M

Door mirror
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
N
RH D27
14 Ground Existed
LH D3
Side turn signal lamp (RHD models) O

Door mirror
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
RH D40
14 Ground Existed
LH D16
EXL-295

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
RH B80
2 Ground Existed
LH B23
YES-1 >> Front turn signal lamp or rear turn signal lamp: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Side turn signal lamp: Replace side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-323, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
8.CHECK TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB
Check the applicable turn signal lamp bulb.
YES >> Check the corresponding turn signal lamp bulb socket. Repair or replace if necessary.
NO >> Replace the corresponding turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to EXL-319, "Replacement" (front turn
signal lamp) or EXL-331, "Replacement" (rear turn signal lamp).
EXL-296
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
A
1.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR B

1. Clean light & rain sensor detection area of windshield fully.
3. Turn lighting switch AUTO. C
4. With the light & rain sensor illuminating, check the auto light function.
Condition Auto light function D

When illuminating Not operating
Light & rain sensor
When shutting off light Operating
E
YES >> Light & rain sensor is normal.
F
1.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR POWER SUPPLY G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect light & rain sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between light & rain sensor harness connector and ground.
+ I
Light & rain sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
R5 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EXL
2. Remove room lamp relay.
3. Check continuity between room lamp relay harness connector and light & rain sensor harness connector.
M
Room lamp relay Light & rain sensor
Continuity
N
M80 7 R5 1 Existed
YES >> Perform the interior room lamp power supply circuit diagnosis. Refer to INL-55, "Diagnosis Proce- O
dure".
3.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT P
Check continuity between light & rain sensor harness connector and ground.
Light & rain sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
R5 3 Ground Existed
EXL-297
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Connect light & rain sensor connector.
+
Voltage
BCM - Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch
M70 47 Ground
ON
JPMIA0156GB
8.7V
YES >> Replace light & rain sensor. Refer to EXL-327, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
2. Disconnect BCM connector and light & rain sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and light & rain sensor harness connector.
BCM Light & rain sensor

Continuity
M70 47 R5 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)
BCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
EXL-298
HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
A
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL B

With CONSULT
2. Select “FLASHER” of “BCM” using CONSULT. C
3. Select “HAZARD SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
4. With operating the hazard switch, check the monitor status.
D
ON On
HAZARD SW Hazard switch E
OFF Off
YES >> Hazard switch circuit is normal. F
G
1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL
2. Disconnect hazard switch connector. H
3. Check voltage between hazard switch connector and ground.
+ I
Hazard switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
M39 2 Ground 9 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)
EXL
2. Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
M
Hazard switch BCM
Continuity
M39 2 M70 51 Existed N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. O
3.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)
P
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
EXL-299
HAZARD SWITCH
4.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Hazard switch
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M39 1 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
Check hazard switch. Refer to EXL-300, "Component Inspection".

2. Disconnect hazard switch connector.
3. Check continuity of hazard switch terminals.
Hazard switch
Terminal
ON Existed
1 2 Hazard switch
OFF Not existed
EXL-300
HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH
A
1.CHECK HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH B

2. Remove headlamp aiming switch.
3. Check resistance among each headlamp aiming switch termi- C
nals.
JMLIA3329ZZ F
MR20DD
Headlamp aiming switch Resistance

Condition G
Terminal (Approx.)
0 : 140 Ω
1 : 287 Ω
H
2
1 Switch position 2 : 499 Ω
3 : 931 Ω I
3 — : 390 Ω
K9K
J
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
0 : 140 Ω
K
1 : 287 Ω
2
1 Switch position 2 : 523 Ω EXL
3 : 1050 Ω
3 — : 390 Ω M
HRA2DDT / R9M

Condition N
Terminal (Approx.)
0 : 140 Ω
1 : 287 Ω O
2
1 Switch position 2 : 576 Ω
3 : 1240 Ω P
3 — : 390 Ω
YES >> Headlamp aiming switch is normal.
NO >> Replace headlamp aiming switch. Refer to EXL-326, "Removal and Installation".
EXL-301
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010470000
NOTE:
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if any
DTC is detected.

• Headlamp (HI) power supply/
ground circuit Headlamp (HI) circuit
One side • Headlamp (HI) bulb Refer to EXL-273, "Component Func-
Headlamp (HI) is not turned • Headlamp (HI) bulb socket tion Check".
ON • IPDM E/R
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON”
High beam indicator lamp is not turned ON Combination meter
Combination meter
[Headlamp (HI) is turned ON] Data monitor “HI-BEAM IND”
• Headlamp (LO) power supply/
Headlamp (LO) circuit
ground circuit
• Headlamp (LO) bulb
Headlamp (LO) is not tion Check".
• IPDM E/R
turned ON
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON”
Dipped beam indicator lamp is not turned ON Combination meter
Combination meter
[Headlamp (LO) is turned ON] Data monitor “DIPPED BEAM IND”
Each lamp is not turned ON/OFF with lighting switch • BCM
AUTO • Light & rain sensor power supply/
Light & rain sensor
ground/signal circuit
Refer to EXL-297, "Component Func-
• Light & rain sensor
tion Check".
• BCM
• Parking lamp power supply/
ground circuit
Parking lamp circuit
circuit
Parking lamp is not turned ON Refer to EXL-277, "Component Func-
tion Check".
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
• Tail lamp power supply/ground
circuit
• Rear combination lamp internal Tail lamp circuit
Tail lamp is not turned ON circuit Refer to EXL-279, "Component Func-
- LED (Tail lamp) tion Check".
- Harness
• IPDM E/R
• License plate lamp power supply/
License plate lamp circuit
ground circuit
License plate lamp is not turned ON Refer to EXL-281, "Component Func-
• License plate lamp bulb
tion Check".
• License plate lamp bulb socket
Symptom diagnosis
Parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp are not
“PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON”
turned ON
EXL-302
A
Position lamp indicator is not turned ON
Combination meter
(Parking lamp, license plate lamp and tail lamp are Combination meter
Data monitor “LIGHT IND”
turned ON)
• Daytime running light power sup- B
ply/ground circuit
Daytime running light circuit
circuit
Daytime running light is not turned ON
Refer to EXL-282, "Component Func- C
tion Check".
- Control circuit
- Harness
• IPDM E/R D
• Fuse
Indicator lamp is normal
• BCM power supply (turn signal
(All of turn signal lamp is
lamp) circuit
not blinks) E
• BCM
• Front turn signal lamp
- Front turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit F
- Front turn signal lamp bulb
- Front turn signal lamp bulb socket
- BCM Turn signal lamp circuit
• Side turn signal lamp Refer to EXL-292, "Component Func- G
Indicator lamp is normal tion Check".
- Side turn signal lamp power sup-
Turn signal lamp does not (Applicable side per-
ply/ground circuit
blink forms high flasher activa-
- Side turn signal lamp
tion) H
- BCM
• Rear turn signal lamp
- Rear turn signal lamp power sup-
ply/ground circuit I
- Rear turn signal lamp bulb
- Rear turn signal lamp bulb socket
- BCM
• Combination switch input/output J
Indicator lamp is included
• BCM
K
One side Combination meter —
• Turn indicator signal
Both sides Combination meter
• BCM EXL
Turn signal indicator lamp (Always) Data monitor “TURN IND”
does not blink
(Turn signal lamp is normal) Both sides Combination meter
• Combination meter power supply/
(Only when activating Power supply and ground circuit
hazard warning lamp
ground circuit
Refer to MWI-61, "COMBINATION
M
with ignition switch OFF) METER : Diagnosis Procedure".
• Hazard switch signal/ground cir-
• Hazard warning lamp does not activate Hazard switch N
cuit
(Turn signal is normal) Refer to EXL-299, "Component Func-
• Hazard switch
• Hazard warning lamp continues activating tion Check".
• BCM
EXL-303
• Fuse
• BCM power supply (stop lamp)
All of stop lamp and high- circuit
mounted stop lamp are • Stop lamp switch power supply/
not turned ON signal circuit
• BCM
• Stop lamp
Stop lamp and high-mount- - Stop lamp power supply/ground Stop lamp circuit
ed stop lamp are not turned circuit Refer to EXL-284, "Component Func-
ON - Rear combination lamp internal tion Check".
circuit
Any of stop lamp and • LED (Stop lamp)
high-mounted stop lamp • Harness
are not turned ON - BCM
• High-mounted stop lamp
- High-mounted stop lamp power
supply/ground circuit
- High-mounted stop lamp
- BCM
• Front fog lamp power supply/
Front fog lamp circuit
ground circuit
• Front fog lamp bulb
Front fog lamp is not turned tion Check".
• IPDM E/R
ON
Symptom diagnosis
Both sides “BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON”
Front fog lamp indicator lamp is not turned ON Data monitor “FR FOG IND”
Combination meter
(Front fog lamp is turned ON) • BCM (HEAD LAMP)
Active test “FR FOG LAMP”
• Rear fog lamp power supply/
ground circuit Rear fog lamp circuit
Rear fog lamp indicator
• Rear fog lamp bulb Refer to EXL-290, "Component Func-
lamp is normal
• Rear fog lamp bulb socket tion Check".
Rear fog lamp is not turned • BCM
ON
Rear fog lamp indicator signal circuit Combination switch
lamp is included • Combination switch Refer to BCS-130, "Symptom Table".
• BCM
• Rear fog lamp status signal
Rear fog lamp indicator lamp is not turned ON Data monitor “RR FOG IND”
• BCM
(Rear fog lamp is turned ON) • BCM (HEAD LAMP)
Active test “RR FOG LAMP”
EXL-304
A
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM B

The headlamp may not be turned ON/OFF immediately after passing dark area or bright area (short tunnel,
sky bridge, shadowed area etc.) while using the auto light system. This causes for the control difference. This
is normal. C
EXL
EXL-305
Both side headlamps (HI) are not turned ON when setting to the lighting switch HI or PASS.

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HIGH BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Select “HIGH BEAM REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
Lighting switch HI or PASS On

HIGH BEAM REQ
(2ND) LO Off
EXL-306
A
Both side headlamps (LO) are not turned ON in any condition. B

1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH C

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LOW BEAM REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
1. Select “LOW BEAM REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

2ND On G
LOW BEAM REQ Lighting switch
OFF Off
I
EXL
EXL-307
The parking, license plate and tail lamps are not turned ON in any condition.

Is the combination switch normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POSITION LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Select “POSITION LIGHT REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.

1ST On
POSITION LIGHT REQ Lighting switch
OFF Off
EXL-308
A
Both side front fog lamps are not turned ON in any condition. B

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT FOG LIGHT REQUEST SIGNAL E
With CONSULT
1. Select “FRONT FOG LAMP REQ” in “Data Monitor” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
2. With operating the front fog lamp switch, check the monitor status. F
Front fog lamp switch ON On G

FRONT FOG LAMP REQ
(With lighting switch 1ST) OFF Off
Is the item status normal? H
I
EXL
EXL-309
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
LHD
LHD : Description INFOID:0000000010500187

NOTE:
replaced.
gage room.)
NOTE:
CAUTION:
JMLIA5134ZZ

adjustment screw
: Vehicle front

Clockwise UP
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE
EXL-310
A
Clockwise UP
LHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010339002

B

NOTE: C
2. Face the vehicle squarely toward the screen and make the distance between the headlamp center and D
NOTE: E
CAUTION:
Never cover lens surface with tape, etc. because it is made from plastic. F
Low beam distribution on the screen G

Elbow point H
Headlamp center
I
JSLIA0030ZZ
J
EXL
JSLIA0031ZZ P
EXL-311
Unit: mm (in)
(Lower side from headlamp center height) (Right side from headlamp center line)
RHD
RHD : Description INFOID:0000000010500189

NOTE:
replaced.
gage room.)
NOTE:
CAUTION:
JMLIA5134ZZ

adjustment screw
: Vehicle front

Clockwise UP
EXL-312
A
Clockwise INSIDE
Clockwise INSIDE B
Clockwise UP
Counterclockwise DOWN C
RHD : Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010500190
D
NOTE:
• Stop the vehicle at the perpendicular angle to the wall. E
F
NOTE:
does not reach the adjustment screen. G
CAUTION:
4. Use the aiming adjustment screw to adjust the elbow point projected by the low beams on the screen, so H
I
Elbow point
Headlamp center J
K
JSLIA0028ZZ
EXL
JSLIA0029ZZ
EXL-313

Unit: mm (in)
(Lower side from headlamp center height) (Left side from headlamp center line)
EXL-314
A
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING B

NOTE:
For details, refer to the regulations in your own country.
C
• Maintain the unloaded vehicle condition. (Remove luggage from the passenger compartment and the lug- D
gage room.)
NOTE:
E
CAUTION:
• Ride alone on the driver seat. F
• Turn the aiming adjusting screw for adjustment.
G
: DOWN
: UP
H
• For the position and direction of the adjusting screw, refer to the
figure.
NOTE:
A screwdriver or hexagonal wrench [6 mm (0.24 in)] can be used I
for adjustment.
JMLIA5135ZZ
: Vehicle front J
Aiming Adjustment Procedure INFOID:0000000010500252
K
NOTE:
• Stop the vehicle facing the wall.
EXL
• Place the board on a plain road vertically.
2. Face the vehicle with the screen. Maintain 10 m (32.8 ft) between the front fog lamp center and the
screen.
M
3. Start the engine. Turn the front fog lamp ON.
NOTE:
Shut off the headlamp light with the board to prevent from illuminating the adjustment screen.
CAUTION: N
Never cover the lens surface with a tape etc. The lens is made of resin.
4. Adjust the cutoff line height with the aiming adjustment screw so that the distance (X) between the hor-
izontal center line of front fog lamp (H) and becomes 150 mm (5.90 in). O
EXL-315
Front fog lamp light distribution on the screen
: Cutoff line
: High illuminance area
H : Horizontal center line of front fog lamp
V : Vertical center line of front fog lamp
X : Cutoff line height
JPLIA0008ZZ
EXL-316
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

B
REMOVAL
C
EXL
JMLIA5090GB
O
Front combination lamp Front fender panel Radiator core support upper LH

P
DISASSEMBLY
EXL-317
JMLIA5091ZZ
Front combination lamp housing Seal packing Headlamp bulb (LO)

Headlamp aiming motor Headlamp socket cover assembly Front combination lamp bracket
Front turn signal lamp bulb socket Headlamp bulb (HI) Front turn signal lamp bulb
CAUTION:
REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-19, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front combination lamp assembly mounting bolts.
3. Pull out front combination lamp assembly forward the vehicle.
4. Disconnect front combination lamp assembly harness connectors.
5. Remove front combination lamp assembly.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to the following:
• LHD MODELS: Refer to EXL-153, "LHD : Description".
EXL-318
• RHD MODELS: Refer to EXL-155, "RHD : Description".
A
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove power circuit fuse when performing the opera- B
• After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely for watertightness.
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it. C
D
HEADLAMP BULB (HI)
LH side
1. Remove air duct. Refer to the following. E
• HRA2DDT: Refer to EM-23, "Removal and Installation"
• MR20DD: Refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installation"
• K9K: Refer to EM-279, "Removal and Installation" F
• R9M: Refer to EM-380, "Removal and Installation"
2. Disconnect headlamp bulb (HI) harness connector.
3. Rotate headlamp socket cover assembly counterclockwise and unlock it. G
4. Remove headlamp socket cover assembly from head lamp bulb (HI).
5. Remove retaining spring lock, and then remove headlamp bulb (HI) from front combination lamp housing.
H
RH side
1. Disconnect headlamp bulb (HI) harness connector.
2. Rotate headlamp socket cover assembly counterclockwise and unlock it. I
3. Remove headlamp socket cover assembly from headlamp bulb (HI).
4. Remove retaining spring lock, and then remove headlamp bulb (HI) from front combination lamp housing.
HEADLAMP BULB (LO) J
LH side
1. Remove air duct. Refer to the following. K
• K9K: Refer to EM-279, "Removal and Installation"
• R9M: Refer to EM-380, "Removal and Installation" EXL
2. Disconnect headlamp bulb (LO) harness connector.
3. Rotate headlamp bulb socket (LO) counterclockwise and unlock it.
M
4. Remove headlamp bulb (LO) from front combination lamp housing.
RH side
1. Disconnect headlamp bulb (LO) harness connector. N
2. Rotate headlamp bulb socket (LO) counterclockwise and unlock it.
3. Remove headlamp bulb (LO) from front combination lamp housing.
O
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT/ PARKING LAMP BULB
CAUTION:
front combination lamp as a set. P
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB

LH side
1. Remove air duct. Refer to the following.
• K9K: Refer to EM-279, "Removal and Installation"
EXL-319
• R9M: Refer to EM-380, "Removal and Installation"
RH SIDE
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000010437128
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove headlamp bracket mounting screws, and then remove headlamp bracket from front combination
lamp housing.
2. Disconnect front combination lamp harness connectors.
3. Rotate head lamp socket cover assembly counterclockwise and unlock it.
4. Remove head lamp socket cover assembly from halogen lamp bulb (HI).
5. Remove retaining spring lock, and then remove halogen lamp bulb (HI) from front combination lamp hous-
ing.
6. Rotate halogen lamp bulb (LO) counterclockwise and unlock it.
7. Remove halogen lamp bulb (LO) from front combination lamp housing.
10. Remove front turn signal lamp bulb from front turn signal lamp bulb socket.
11. Remove head lamp aiming motor from front combination lamp housing.
ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
• After installing the bulb, install the bulb socket securely watertightness.
• After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to the following.
- LHD models: Refer to EXL-310, "LHD : Description".
- RHD models: Refer to EXL-312, "RHD : Description".
EXL-320
FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP
A
J
JMLIA5093GB
Front bumper fascia Front bumper finisher Front fog lamp K

Front fog lamp bulb
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) EXL
CAUTION: M
N
REMOVAL
1. Remove front fender protector to make work space. Refer to EXT-32, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect front fog lamp harness connector. O
3. Remove front fog lamp fixing bolt, and then remove front fog lamp.
INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the reverse order of removal. P
NOTE:
After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to EXL-315, "Description"
CAUTION:
• Disconnect the battery negative terminal or remove the fuse.
EXL-321
FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP BULB
1. Remove fender protector to make work space. Refer to EXT-32, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect front fog lamp harness connector .
3. Rotate front fog lamp bulb counterclockwise and unlock it.
JPLIA0345ZZ
EXL-322
A
Refer to MIR-31, "Exploded View". B

REMOVAL C
1. Remove door mirror cover. Refer to MIR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove side turn signal lamp fixing screws.
D
3. Remove seal packing and disconnect side turn signal lamp
harness connector , and then remove side turn signal lamp
from door mirror housing.
E
G
JMLIA4978ZZ
INSTALLATION H
I
CAUTION:
side turn signal lamp as a set.
J
1. Remove side turn signal lamp. Refer to EXL-323, "Removal and Installation".
2. Replace side turn signal lamp with new part. K
EXL
EXL-323
REMOVAL
Remove light & turn signal switch (combination switch). Refer to BCS-133, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
EXL-324
HAZARD SWITCH
HAZARD SWITCH
A
JMLIA5094ZZ
G
Center ventilator grille Hazard switch
: Pawl
H
REMOVAL
I
1. Remove center ventilator grille. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove hazard switch from center ventilator grille.
INSTALLATION J
EXL
EXL-325
JMLIA5408ZZ
Instrument lower panel Headlamp aiming switch
: Pawl
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove headlamp aiming switch fixing pawl, and then remove headlamp aiming switch from instrument
lower panel.
INSTALLATION
EXL-326
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR
A
Refer to WW-92, "Exploded View". B

REMOVAL C
Remove light & rain sensor. Refer to WW-92, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
D
EXL
EXL-327
REMOVAL
Body Side
JMLIA5098GB
Grommet A Grommet B Rear combination lamp

: Clip
: Clip
Back Door Side
EXL-328
JMLIA5099GB
K
Back door assembly Rear combination lamp Grommet

EXL
DISASSEMBLY M
EXL-329
JMLIA5407ZZ
Rear combination lamp housing Rear fog lamp bulb

Seal packing
(back door side) (driver side only)
Rear fog lamp bulb socket
Back-up lamp bulb Back-up lamp bulb socket
(driver side only)
Rear combination lamp housing
Rear turn signal lamp bulb socket Rear turn signal lamp bulb
(body side)
: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly
CAUTION:
• When removing, always use a remover tool that is made of plastic.
REMOVAL
Rear Combination Lamp (body side)
1. Fully open trunk lid.
2. Remove rear combination lamp mounting bolts .
JMLIA5137ZZ
EXL-330
3. Pull rear combination lamp toward vehicle rear to disengage fix-
ing clips. A
: Clip
B
JMLIA5138ZZ
D
4. Disconnect rear combination lamp harness connectors, and then remove rear combination lamp from
body panel.
Rear Combination Lamp (back door side) E
1. Remove back door inner finisher. Refer to INT-31, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove rear combination lamp mounting nuts and discon- F
nect rear combination lamp harness connectors.
JMLIA5139ZZ
I
4. Pull rear combination lamp toward vehicle rear to remove rear combination lamp from back door.
INSTALLATION J
CAUTION:
Always replace seal packing with new part after every removal. K
CAUTION: EXL
• Never touch the glass of bulb directly by hand. Keep grease and other oily matters away from it. M
N
REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB
1. Remove rear combination lamp (body side). Refer to EXL-330, "Removal and Installation".
2. Rotate rear turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and then remove rear turn signal lamp bulb O
socket.
3. Remove rear turn signal lamp bulb from rear turn signal lamp bulb socket.
STOP/TAIL LAMP P
CAUTION:
rear combination lamp assembly as a set.
REAR FOG LAMP (DRIVER SIDE ONLY)
2. Rotate rear fog lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and then remove rear fog lamp bulb socket.
EXL-331
3. Remove rear fog lamp bulb from rear fog lamp bulb socket.
BACK-UP LAMP
2. Rotate back-up lamp bulb socket counterclockwise, and then remove back-up lamp bulb socket.
3. Remove back-up lamp bulb from back-up lamp bulb socket.
EXL-332
A
G
JMLIA5102ZZ
Rear spoiler High-mounted stop lamp unit

H
: Metal clip

I
CAUTION:
preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-182, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal". J
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear spoiler. Refer to EXT-46, "Removal and Installation".
K
2. Disengage high-mounted stop lamp fixing metal clips using a remover tool (A), and then remove high-
mounted stop lamp unit.
EXL
N
JMLIA5136ZZ
: Metal clip O
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. P
CAUTION:
high-mounted stop lamp unit as a set.
EXL-333
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
JMLIA5101ZZ
Back door panel Back door finisher License plate lamp housing
License plate lamp bulb License plate lamp bulb socket
: Pawl
CAUTION:
preventing electric leakage. Refer to EXL-182, "Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal".
REMOVAL.
2. Disconnect license plate lamp harness connector.
3. Disengage license plate lamp housing fixing pawl, and then remove license plate lamp housing.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
EXL-334
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
the performance of lamp. When replacing bulb, be sure to replace it with new one. A
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB
B
2. Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it.
3. Remove the bulb from the socket.
C
EXL
EXL-335
JMLIA5103ZZ
Rear reflex reflector Rear bumper fascia assembly
: Pawl
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-23, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear reflex reflector mounting bolt and pawls, and then remove rear reflex reflector.
INSTALLATION
EXL-336
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [HALOGEN HEADLAMP]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Bulb Specifications INFOID:0000000010437590
B
Bulb Specifications
C
Item Type Wattage (W)
Headlamp (HI) H11 55
Headlamp (LO) H7 55 D
LED —
Front turn signal lamp W21W 21 E
F
Tail lamp LED —
Stop lamp LED —
(body side)
Rear turn signal lamp WY21W 21 G
Tail lamp LED —
(trunk lid side) H
High-mounted stop lamp LED — I
EXL
EXL-337

Exterior Lighting System: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Exterior Lighting System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DRIVER CONTROLS

DOOR LOCK ............................................................. 37 B1C02 REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL ....... 83

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 70 B20CF HEADLAMP (HI) RH POWER SUP-

B20D2 PARKING LAMP POWER SUPPLY M

HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH ......................... 326

Exterior Lamp Appearance

Side turn signal lamp Headlamp (LO) Headlamp (HI)

Item Type Wattage (W) A

Front combination lamp (back) Brake pedal

No. Component Function

Height sensor*4 Refer to EXL-15, "Height Sensor".

Rear turn signal

Height sensor*6 Refer to EXL-15, "Height Sensor".

*1: With high beam assist system

• LED headlamp control module is integrated in the front combina-

FRONT COMBINATION LAMP : Headlamp Aiming Motor INFOID:0000000010338635 I

• Headlamp aiming motor is integrated in the front combination

Height Sensor INFOID:0000000010338639

MULTI-LINK REAR SUSPENSION MODELS

TORSION BEAM REAR SUSPENSION MODELS

Light & Rain Sensor INFOID:0000000010452405

Hazard Switch INFOID:0000000010338641

Inputs the hazard switch ON/OFF signal to BCM.

Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010452406

• Stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket.

Brake pedal Stop lamp switch

FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

DTC CONSULT display description Fail-safe A

CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL H

Control part Fail-safe operation

FRONT CAMERA UNIT TEMPORARY OPERATION CANCELLATION

CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL

FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

DTC CONSULT display description Fail-safe

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM

3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION

Signature light function ON condition (Operation when doors are locked)

FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

DTC CONSULT display description Fail-safe

CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL

Control part Fail-safe operation

STOP LAMP SYSTEM

FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

DTC CONSULT display description Fail-safe

CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL

Control part Fail-safe operation

REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM

Diagnosis mode Function Description

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description A

Test item Operation Description

INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP) INFOID:0000000010452423

Service item Setting item Setting

On*1 With front fog override function

Test item Operation Description A

Service information Destination D

Monitor item Description

Test item Description

DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) (Type 2) INFOID:0000000010500830

BCM CONSULT FUNCTION

Monitor item Description

Monitor Item Contents

Test item Description

BCM CONSULT FUNCTION